XPCM3140QRGERQ1

PCM3140-Q1 TI | Alldatasheet

Document overview

• Manufacturer or author: Provided By alldatasheet.com(free datasheet download site)
• PDF pages: 122

Technical content

PCM3140-Q1 Quad-Channel, 768-kHz, Burr-BrownTM Audio ADC

1 Features

• Multichannel high-performance ADC: – 4-channel analog microphones or line-in, – 8-channel digital PDM microphones, or – Combination of analog and digital microphones
• ADC line and microphone differential input performance: – Dynamic range (DR): 106 dB – THD+N: –98 dB
• ADC channel summing mode, DR performance: – 109-dB, 2-channel summing – 112-dB, 4-channel summing
• ADC input voltage: – Differential, 2-VRMS full-scale inputs – Single-ended, 1-VRMS full-scale inputs
• ADC sample rate (fS) = 8 kHz to 768 kHz
• Programmable channel settings: – Channel gain: 0 dB to 42 dB, 1-dB steps – Digital volume control: –100 dB to 27 dB – Gain calibration with 0.1-dB resolution – Phase calibration with 163-ns resolution
• Programmable microphone bias or supply voltage generation
• Low-latency signal processing filter selection
• Programmable HPF and biquad digital filters
• Automatic gain controller (AGC)
• I2C or SPI controls
• Integrated high-performance audio PLL
• Automatic clock divider setting configurations
• Audio serial data interface: – Format: TDM, I2S, or left-justified (LJ) – Word length: 16 bits, 20 bits, 24 bits, or 32 bits – Controller or target interface
• Single-supply operation: 3.3 V or 1.8 V
• I/O-supply operation: 3.3 V or 1.8 V
• Power consumption for 1.8-V AVDD supply: – 8.5 mW/channel at 16-kHz sample rate – 9.2 mW/channel at 48-kHz sample rate

2 Applications

• Microphone array systems
• Voice-activated digital assistants
• Teleconferencing systems
• Security and surveillance systems

3 Description

The PCM3140-Q1 is a Burr-Brown™ high- performance, audio analog-to-digital converter (ADC) that supports simultaneous sampling of up to four analog channelsor eight digital channels for the pulse density modulation (PDM) microphone input. The device supports line and microphone inputs, and allows for both single-ended and differential input configurations. The device integrates programable channel gain, digital volume control, a programmable microphone bias voltage, a phase-locked loop (PLL), a programmable high-pass filter (HPF), biquad filters , low-latency filter modes, and allows for sample rates up to 768 kHz , and allows for sample rates up to 192 kHz. The device supports time-division multiplexing (TDM), I 2S, or left-justified (LJ) audio formats, and can be controlled with either the I 2C or SPI interface. These integrated high-performance features, along with the ability to be powered from a single-supply of 3.3 V or 1.8 V, make the device an excellent choice for space-constrained audio systems in far- field microphone recording applications. The PCM3140-Q1 is specified from –40°C to +125°C, and is offered in a 24-pin WQFN package. Device Information(1) PART NUMBER PACKAGE BODY SIZE (NOM) PCM3140-Q1 WQFN (24) 4.00 mm × 4.00 mm with 0.5-mm pitch (1) For all available packages, see the package option addendum at the end of the data sheet. Audio Serial Interface (TDM, I2S, LJ) PLL and Clock Generation Digital PDM Microphones Interface I2C or SPI Control Interface MICBIAS, Regulators and Voltage Reference Programmable Digital Filters, Biquads and AGC Quad Channel ADC with Front-End PGA IN1P_GPI1 IN1M_GPO1 IN2P_GPI2 IN2M_GPO2 IN3P_GPI3 IN3M_GPO3 IN4P_GPI4 IN4M_GPO4 MICBIAS VREF FSYNC BCLK SDOUT GPIO1 SHDNZ SDA_SSZ SCL_MOSI ADDR0_SCLK ADDR1_MISO AREG DREG AVSSThermal Pad (VSS) AVDD IOVDD Simplified Block Diagram ADVANCE INFORMATION PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 An IMPORTANT NOTICE at the end of this data sheet addresses availability, warranty, changes, use in safety-critical applications, intellectual property matters and other important disclaimers. ADVANCE INFORMATION for preproduction products; subject to change without notice.

6.11 Switching Characteristics: TDM, I2S or LJ

6.12 Timing Requirements: PDM Digital Microphone

6.13 Switching Characteristics: PDM Digial

11.2 Receiving Notification of Documentation Updates 118

13 Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable

SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

2 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

4 Device Comparison Table

FEATURES TLV320ADC3140 TLV320ADC5140 TLV320ADC6140 Control interface I2C or SPI Digital audio serial interface TDM, I2S, or left-justified (LJ) Audio analog channel 4 4 4 Digital PDM channel 8 8 8 Dynamic range enhancer (DRE) Not available Available Available Dynamic range (DRE disabled) 106 dB 108 dB 113 dB Dynamic range (DRE enabled) Not available 120 dB 123 dB Compatibility Pin-to-pin, package, and control registers compatible; drop-in replacements of each other Package WQFN (RTW), 24-pin, 4.00 mm × 4.00 mm (0.5-mm pitch) www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 3 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

5 Pin Configuration and Functions

24 DREG7IN1M_GPO1

1AVDD 18 SDA_SSZ

23 FSYNC8IN2P_GPI2

2AREG 17 SCL_MOSI

22 BCLK9IN2M_GPO2

3VREF 16 ADDR0_SCLK

21 SDOUT10IN3P_GPI3

4AVSS 15 ADDR1_MISO

20 GPIO111IN3M_GPO3

19 IOVDD12IN4P_GPI4

6IN1P_GPI1 13 IN4M_GPO4 Not to scale Thermal Pad (VSS) Figure 5-1. RTW Package 24-Pin WQFN With Exposed Thermal Pad Top View Table 5-1. Pin Functions PIN TYPE DESCRIPTION NO. NAME 1 AVDD Analog supply Analog power (1.8 V or 3.3 V, nominal) 2 AREG Analog supply Analog on-chip regulator output voltage for analog supply (1.8 V, nominal) or external analog power (1.8 V, nominal)

3 VREF Analog Analog reference voltage filter output

4 AVSS Analog supply Analog ground. Short this pin directly to the board ground plane.

5 MICBIAS Analog MICBIAS output

6 IN1P_GPI1 Analog input/digital input Analog input 1P pin or general-purpose digital input 1 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphone data, PLL input clock source, and so forth) 7 IN1M_GPO1 Analog input/digital output Analog input 1M pin or general-purpose digital output 1 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphone clock, interrupt, and so forth) 8 IN2P_GPI2 Analog input/digital input Analog input 2P pin or general-purpose digital input 2 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphones data, PLL input clock source, and so forth) 9 IN2M_GPO2 Analog input/digital output Analog input 2M pin or general-purpose digital output 2 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphone clock, interrupt, and so forth) 10 IN3P_GPI3 Analog input/digital input Analog input 3P pin or general-purpose digital input 3 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphones data, PLL input clock source, and so forth) 11 IN3M_GPO3 Analog input/digital output Analog input 3M pin or general-purpose digital output 3 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphone clock, interrupt, and so forth) 12 IN4P_GPI4 Analog input/digital input Analog input 4P pin or general-purpose digital input 4 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphones data, PLL input clock source, and so forth) 13 IN4M_GPO4 Analog input/digital output Analog input 4M pin or general-purpose digital output 4 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphone clock, interrupt, and so forth)

14 SHDNZ Digital input Device hardware shutdown and reset (active low)

15 ADDR1_MISO Digital I/O For I2C operation: I2C target address A1 pin

For SPI operation: SPI target output pin PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

4 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 5-1. Pin Functions (continued) PIN TYPE DESCRIPTION NO. NAME

16 ADDR0_SCLK Digital input For I2C operation: I2C target address A0 pin

For SPI operation : SPI serial bit clock

17 SCL_MOSI Digital input For I2C operation: clock pin for I2C control bus

For SPI operation: SPI target input pin

18 SDA_SSZ Digital I/O For I2C operation: data pin for I2C control bus

For SPI operation: SPI target-select pin 19 IOVDD Digital supply Digital I/O power supply (1.8 V or 3.3 V, nominal)

20 GPIO1 Digital I/O General-purpose digital input/output 1 (multipurpose functions such as digital

microphones clock or data, PLL input clock source, interrupt, and so forth)

21 SDOUT Digital output Audio serial data interface bus output

22 BCLK Digital I/O Audio serial data interface bus bit clock

23 FSYNC Digital I/O Audio serial data interface bus frame synchronization signal

24 DREG Digital supply Digital regulator output voltage for digital core supply (1.5 V, nominal) Thermal Pad Thermal Pad (VSS) Ground supply Thermal pad shorted to internal device ground. Short the thermal pad directly to the board ground plane. Pin Functions PIN TYPE DESCRIPTION NO. NAME 1 AVDD Analog supply Analog power (1.8 V or 3.3 V, nominal) 2 AREG Analog supply Analog on-chip regulator output voltage for analog supply (1.8 V, nominal) or external analog power (1.8 V, nominal) 4 AVSS Analog supply Analog ground. Short this pin directly to the board ground plane. 6 IN1P_GPI1 Analog input/digital input Analog input 1P pin or general-purpose digital input 1 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphone data, PLL input clock source, and so forth) 7 IN1M_GPO1 Analog input/digital output Analog input 1M pin or general-purpose digital output 1 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphone clock, interrupt, and so forth) 8 IN2P_GPI2 Analog input/digital input Analog input 2P pin or general-purpose digital input 2 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphones data, PLL input clock source, and so forth) 9 IN2M_GPO2 Analog input/digital output Analog input 2M pin or general-purpose digital output 2 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphone clock, interrupt, and so forth) 10 IN3P_GPI3 Analog input/digital input Analog input 3P pin or general-purpose digital input 3 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphones data, PLL input clock source, and so forth) 11 IN3M_GPO3 Analog input/digital output Analog input 3M pin or general-purpose digital output 3 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphone clock, interrupt, and so forth) 12 IN4P_GPI4 Analog input/digital input Analog input 4P pin or general-purpose digital input 4 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphones data, PLL input clock source, and so forth) 13 IN4M_GPO4 Analog input/digital output Analog input 4M pin or general-purpose digital output 4 (multipurpose functions such as digital microphone clock, interrupt, and so forth) For SPI operation: SPI target output pin For SPI operation : SPI serial bit clock For SPI operation: SPI target input pin For SPI operation: SPI target-select pin www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 5 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

NO. NAME 19 IOVDD Digital supply Digital I/O power supply (1.8 V or 3.3 V, nominal) microphones clock or data, PLL input clock source, interrupt, and so forth) 24 DREG Digital supply Digital regulator output voltage for digital core supply (1.5 V, nominal) Thermal Pad Thermal Pad (VSS) Ground supply Thermal pad shorted to internal device ground. Short the thermal pad directly to the board ground plane. PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

6 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

6 Specifications

6.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings

over the operating ambient temperature range (unless otherwise noted)(1) MIN MAX UNIT Supply voltage AVDD to AVSS –0.3 3.9 VAREG to AVSS –0.3 2.0 IOVDD to VSS (thermal pad) –0.3 3.9 Ground voltage differences AVSS to VSS (thermal pad) –0.3 0.3 V Analog input voltage Analog input pins voltage to AVSS –0.3 AVDD + 0.3 V Digital input voltage Digital input except INxP_GPIx pins voltage to VSS (thermal pad) –0.3 IOVDD + 0.3 V Digital input INxP_GPIx pins voltage to VSS (thermal pad) –0.3 AVDD + 0.3 Temperature Operating ambient, TA –40 125 °CJunction, TJ –40 150 Storage, Tstg –65 150 (1) Stresses beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings only, which do not imply functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under Recommended Operating Conditions. Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.

6.2 ESD Ratings

V(ESD) Electrostatic discharge Human-body model (HBM), per ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-001(1) ±2000 V Charged-device model (CDM), per JEDEC specification JESD22-C101(2) ±500 (1) JEDEC document JEP155 states that 500-V HBM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process. (2) JEDEC document JEP157 states that 250-V CDM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process.

6.3 Recommended Operating Conditions

AVDD, AREG(1) Analog supply voltage AVDD to AVSS (AREG is generated using onchip regulator) - AVDD 3.3-V operation 3.0 3.3 3.6 V Analog supply voltage AVDD and AREG to AVSS (AREG internal regulator is shutdown) - AVDD 1.8-V operation 1.7 1.8 1.9 IOVDD IO supply voltage to VSS (thermal pad) - IOVDD 3.3-V operation 3.0 3.3 3.6 V IO supply voltage to VSS (thermal pad) - IOVDD 1.8-V operation 1.65 1.8 1.95 INPUTS Analog input pins voltage to AVSS 0 AVDD V Digital input except INxP_GPIx pins voltage to VSS (thermal pad) 0 IOVDD V Digital input INxP_GPIx pins voltage to VSS (thermal pad) 0 AVDD V TEMPERATURE TA Operating ambient temperature –40 125 °C OTHERS GPIOx or GPIx (used as MCLK input) clock frequency 36.864(2) MHz Cb SCL and SDA bus capacitance for I2C interface supports standard-mode and fast- mode 400 pF SCL and SDA bus capacitance for I2C interface supports fast-mode plus 550 CL Digital output load capacitance 20 50 pF (1) AVSS and VSS (thermal pad): all ground pins must be tied together and must not differ in voltage by more than 0.2 V. (2) MCLK input rise time (VIL to VIH) and fall time (VIH to VIL) must be less than 5 ns. For better audio noise performance, MCLK input must be used with low jitter. www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 7 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

6.4 Thermal Information

THERMAL METRIC(1) PCMx140 UNITRTW (WQFN)

24 PINS

RθJA Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance 32.6 °C/W RθJC(top) Junction-to-case (top) thermal resistance 25.0 °C/W RθJB Junction-to-board thermal resistance 11.9 °C/W ψJT Junction-to-top characterization parameter 0.2 °C/W ψJB Junction-to-board characterization parameter 11.9 °C/W RθJC(bot) Junction-to-case (bottom) thermal resistance 2.9 °C/W (1) For more information about traditional and new thermal metrics, see the Semiconductor and IC Package Thermal Metrics application report.

6.5 Electrical Characteristics

at TA = 25°C, AVDD = 3.3 V, IOVDD = 3.3 V, fIN = 1-kHz sinusoidal signal, fS = 48 kHz, 32-bit audio data, BCLK = 256 × fS, TDM slave mode, PLL on (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT ADC CONFIGURATION AC input impedance Input pins INxP or INxM, 2.5-kΩ input impedance selection 2.5 kΩInput pins INxP or INxM, 10-kΩ input impedance selection 10 Input pins INxP or INxM, 20-kΩ input impednace selection 20 Channel gain range Programmable range with 1-dB steps 0 42 dB ADC PERFORMANCE FOR LINE/MICROPHONE INPUT RECORDING : AVDD 3.3-V OPERATION Differential input full-scale AC signal voltage AC-coupled input 2 VRMS Single-ended input full- scale AC signal voltage AC-coupled input 1 VRMS SNR Signal-to-noise ratio, A- weighted(1) (2) IN1 differential input selected and AC signal shorted to ground, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 0-dB channel gain 100 106 dB IN1 differential input selected and AC signal shorted to ground, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 12-dB channel gain 102 DR Dynamic range, A- weighted(2) IN1 differential input selected and –60-dB full-scale AC signal input, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 0-dB channel gain 107 dB IN1 differential input selected and –72-dB full-scale AC signal input, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 12-dB channel gain 103 THD+N Total harmonic distortion(2) (3) IN1 differential input selected and –1-dB full-scale AC signal input, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 0-dB channel gain –98 –80 dB IN1 differential input selected and –13-dB full-scale AC signal input, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 12-dB channel gain –94 ADC PERFORMANCE FOR LINE/MICROPHONE INPUT RECORDING : AVDD 1.8-V OPERATION Differential input full-scale AC signal voltage AC-coupled Input 1 VRMS Single-ended input full- scale AC signal voltage AC-coupled Input 0.5 VRMS SNR Signal-to-noise ratio, A- weighted(1) (2) IN1 differential input selected and AC signal shorted to ground, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 0-dB channel gain 100 dB DR Dynamic range, A- weighted(2) IN1 differential input selected and –60-dB full-scale AC signal input, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 0-dB channel gain 101 dB PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

8 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

at TA = 25°C, AVDD = 3.3 V, IOVDD = 3.3 V, fIN = 1-kHz sinusoidal signal, fS = 48 kHz, 32-bit audio data, BCLK = 256 × fS, TDM slave mode, PLL on (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT THD+N Total harmonic distortion(2) (3) IN1 differential input selected and –2-dB full-scale AC signal Input, 10-kΩ input impedance selection, 0 dB channel gain –90 dB ADC OTHER PARAMETERS Digital volume control range Programmable 0.5-dB steps –100 27 dB Output data sample rate Programmable 7.35 768 kHz Output data sample word length Programmable 16 32 Bits Digital high-pass filter cutoff frequency First-order IIR filter with programmable coefficients, –3- dB point (default setting) 12 Hz Interchannel isolation –1-dB full-scale AC-signal input to non measurement channel –124 dB Interchannel gain mismatch –6-dB full-scale AC-signal input and 0-dB channel gain 0.1 dB Gain drift 0-dB channel gain, across temperature range 15°C to 35°C –4.4 ppm/°C Interchannel phase mismatch 1-kHz sinusoidal signal 0.02 Degrees Phase drift 1-kHz sinusoidal signal, across temperature range 15°C to 35°C 0.0005 Degrees/°C PSRR Power-supply rejection ratio 100-mVPP, 1-kHz sinusoidal signal on AVDD, differential input selected, 0-dB channel gain 102 dB CMRR Common-mode rejection ratio Differential microphone input selected, 0-dB channel gain, 100-mVPP, 1-kHz signal on both pins and measure level at output 60 dB MICROPHONE BIAS MICBIAS noise BW = 20 Hz to 20 kHz, A-weighted, 1-μF capacitor between MICBIAS and AVSS 1.6 µVRMS MICBIAS voltage MICBIAS programmed to VREF and VREF programmed to either 2.75 V, 2.5 V, or 1.375 V VREF VMICBIAS programmed to VREF × 1.096 and VREF programmed to either 2.75 V, 2.5 V, or 1.375 V VREF × 1.096 Bypass to AVDD with 20-mA load AVDD – 0.2 MICBIAS current drive MICBIAS voltage ≥ 2.5 V 20 mA MICBIAS voltage < 2.5 V 10 MICBIAS load regulation MICBIAS programmed to either VREF or VREF × 1.096, measured up to max load 0 0.6 1.8 % MICBIAS over current protection threshold 30 mA DIGITAL I/O VIL(SHDNZ) Low-level digital input logic voltage threshold SHDNZ pin –0.3 0.25 × IOVDD V VIH(SHDNZ) High-level digital input logic voltage threshold SHDNZ pin 0.75 × IOVDD IOVDD + 0.3 V VIL Low-level digital input logic voltage threshold All digital pins except INxP_GPIx, SDA and SCL, IOVDD 1.8-V operation –0.3 0.35 × IOVDD V All digital pins except INxP_GPIx, SDA and SCL, IOVDD 3.3-V operation –0.3 0.8 VIH High-level digital input logic voltage threshold All digital pins except INxP_GPIx, SDA and SCL, IOVDD 1.8-V operation 0.65 × IOVDD IOVDD + 0.3 V All digital pins except INxP_GPIx, SDA and SCL, IOVDD 3.3-V operation 2 IOVDD + 0.3 VOL Low-level digital output voltage All digital pins except INxM_GPOx, SDA and SCL, IOL = –2 mA, IOVDD 1.8-V operation 0.45 V All digital pins except INxM_GPOx, SDA and SCL, IOL = –2 mA, IOVDD 3.3-V operation 0.4 www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 9 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

at TA = 25°C, AVDD = 3.3 V, IOVDD = 3.3 V, fIN = 1-kHz sinusoidal signal, fS = 48 kHz, 32-bit audio data, BCLK = 256 × fS, TDM slave mode, PLL on (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT VOH High-level digital output voltage All digital pins except INxM_GPOx, SDA and SCL, IOH = 2 mA, IOVDD 1.8-V operation IOVDD – 0.45 V All digital pins except INxM_GPOx, SDA and SCL, IOH = 2 mA, IOVDD 3.3-V operation 2.4 VIL(I2C) Low-level digital input logic voltage threshold SDA and SCL –0.5 0.3 x IOVDD V VIH(I2C) High-level digital input logic voltage threshold SDA and SCL 0.7 x IOVDD IOVDD + 0.5 V VOL1(I2C) Low-level digital output voltage SDA, IOL(I2C) = –3 mA, IOVDD > 2 V 0.4 V VOL2(I2C) Low-level digital output voltage SDA, IOL(I2C) = –2 mA, IOVDD ≤ 2 V 0.2 x IOVDD V IOL(I2C) Low-level digital output current SDA, VOL(I2C) = 0.4 V, standard-mode or fast-mode 3 mA SDA, VOL(I2C) = 0.4 V, fast-mode plus 20 IIH Input logic-high leakage for digital inputs All digital pins except INxP_GPIx pins, input = IOVDD –5 0.1 5 µA IIL Input logic-low leakage for digital inputs All digital pins except INxP_GPIx pins, input = 0 V –5 0.1 5 µA VIL(GPIx) Low-level digital input logic voltage threshold All INxP_GPIx digital pins, AVDD 1.8-V operation –0.3 0.35 × AVDD V All INxP_GPIx digital pins, AVDD 3.3-V operation –0.3 0.8 VIH(GPIx) High-level digital input logic voltage threshold All INxP_GPIx digital pins, AVDD 1.8-V operation 0.65 × AVDD AVDD + 0.3 V All INxP_GPIx digital pins, AVDD 3.3-V operation 2 AVDD + 0.3 VOL(GPOx) Low-level digital output voltage All INxM_GPOx digital pins, IOL = –2 mA, AVDD 1.8-V operation 0.45 V All INxM_GPOx digital pins, IOL = –2 mA, AVDD 3.3-V operation 0.4 VOH(GPOx) High-level digital output voltage All INxM_GPOx digital pins, IOH = 2 mA, AVDD 1.8-V operation AVDD – 0.45 V All INxM_GPOx digital pins, IOH = 2 mA, AVDD 3.3-V operation 2.4 IIH(GPIx) Input logic-high leakage for digital inputs All INxP_GPIx digital pins, input = AVDD –5 0.1 5 µA IIL(GPIx) Input logic-high leakage for digital inputs All INxP_GPIx digital pins, input = 0 V –5 0.1 5 µA CIN Input capacitance for digital inputs All digital pins 5 pF RPD Pulldown resistance for digital I/O pins when asserted on 20 kΩ TYPICAL SUPPLY CURRENT CONSUMPTION IAVDD Current consumption in hardware shutdown mode SHDNZ = 0, AVDD = 3.3 V, internal AREG 0.5 µA IAVDD SHDNZ = 0, AVDD = 1.8 V, external AREG supply (AREG shorted to AVDD) 0.5 IIOVDD SHDNZ = 0, all external clocks stopped, IOVDD = 3.3 V 0.1 IIOVDD SHDNZ = 0, all external clocks stopped, IOVDD = 1.8 V 0.1 IAVDD Current consumption in sleep mode (software shutdown mode) All external clocks stopped, AVDD = 3.3 V, internal AREG 5 µAIAVDD All external clocks stopped, AVDD = 1.8 V, external AREG supply (AREG shorted to AVDD) 5 IIOVDD All external clocks stopped, IOVDD = 3.3 V 0.1 IIOVDD All external clocks stopped, IOVDD = 1.8 V 0.1 IAVDD Current consumption with ADC 2-channel operating at fS 48-kHz, PLL off and BCLK = 512 × fS AVDD = 3.3 V, internal AREG 11.3 mA IAVDD AVDD = 1.8 V, external AREG supply (AREG shorted to AVDD) 10.7 IIOVDD IOVDD = 3.3 V 0.1 IIOVDD IOVDD = 1.8 V 0.05 PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

10 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

at TA = 25°C, AVDD = 3.3 V, IOVDD = 3.3 V, fIN = 1-kHz sinusoidal signal, fS = 48 kHz, 32-bit audio data, BCLK = 256 × fS, TDM slave mode, PLL on (unless otherwise noted) PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT IAVDD Current consumption with ADC 4-channel operating at fS 16-kHz, PLL on and BCLK = 256 × fS AVDD = 3.3 V, internal AREG 19.7 mA IAVDD AVDD = 1.8 V, external AREG supply (AREG shorted to AVDD) 18.6 IIOVDD IOVDD = 3.3 V 0.05 IIOVDD IOVDD = 1.8 V 0.02 IAVDD Current consumption with ADC 4-channel operating at fS 48-kHz, PLL on and BCLK = 256 × fS AVDD = 3.3 V, internal AREG 21.3 mA IAVDD AVDD = 1.8 V, external AREG supply (AREG shorted to AVDD) 20.2 IIOVDD IOVDD = 3.3 V 0.1 IIOVDD IOVDD = 1.8 V 0.05 (1) Ratio of output level with 1-kHz full-scale sine-wave input, to the output level with the AC signal input shorted to ground, measured A-weighted over a 20-Hz to 20-kHz bandwidth using an audio analyzer. (2) All performance measurements done with 20-kHz low-pass filter and, where noted, A-weighted filter. Failure to use such a filter may result in higher THD and lower SNR and dynamic range readings than shown in the Electrical Characteristics. The low-pass filter removes out-of-band noise, which, although not audible, may affect dynamic specification values. (3) For best distortion performance, use input AC-coupling capacitors with low-voltage-coefficient. www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 11 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

6.6 Timing Requirements: I2C Interface

at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 1 for timing diagram MIN NOM MAX UNIT STANDARD-MODE fSCL SCL clock frequency 0 100 kHz tHD;STA Hold time (repeated) START condition. After this period, the first clock pulse is generated. 4 μs tLOW Low period of the SCL clock 4.7 μs tHIGH High period of the SCL clock 4 μs tSU;STA Setup time for a repeated START condition 4.7 μs tHD;DAT Data hold time 0 3.45 μs tSU;DAT Data setup time 250 ns tr SDA and SCL rise time 1000 ns tf SDA and SCL fall time 300 ns tSU;STO Setup time for STOP condition 4 μs tBUF Bus free time between a STOP and START condition 4.7 μs FAST-MODE fSCL SCL clock frequency 0 400 kHz tHD;STA Hold time (repeated) START condition. After this period, the first clock pulse is generated. 0.6 μs tLOW Low period of the SCL clock 1.3 μs tHIGH High period of the SCL clock 0.6 μs tSU;STA Setup time for a repeated START condition 0.6 μs tHD;DAT Data hold time 0 0.9 μs tSU;DAT Data setup time 100 ns tr SDA and SCL rise time 20 300 ns tf SDA and SCL fall time 20 × (IOVDD / 5.5 300 ns tSU;STO Setup time for STOP condition 0.6 μs tBUF Bus free time between a STOP and START condition 1.3 μs FAST-MODE PLUS fSCL SCL clock frequency 0 1000 kHz tHD;STA Hold time (repeated) START condition. After this period, the first clock pulse is generated. 0.26 μs tLOW Low period of the SCL clock 0.5 μs tHIGH High period of the SCL clock 0.26 μs tSU;STA Setup time for a repeated START condition 0.26 μs tHD;DAT Data hold time 0 μs tSU;DAT Data setup time 50 ns tr SDA and SCL rise time 120 ns tf SDA and SCL fall time 20 × (IOVDD / 5.5 120 ns tSU;STO Setup time for STOP condition 0.26 μs tBUF Bus free time between a STOP and START condition 0.5 μs PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

12 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

6.7 Switching Characteristics: I2C Interface

at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 1 for timing diagram PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT td(SDA) SCL to SDA delay Standard-mode 250 1250 nsFast-mode 250 850 Fast-mode plus 400

6.8 Timing Requirements: SPI Interface

at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 2 for timing diagram MIN NOM MAX UNIT t(SCLK) SCLK period 40 ns tH(SCLK) SCLK high pulse duration 18 ns tL(SCLK) SCLK low pulse duration 18 ns tLEAD Enable lead time 16 ns tTRAIL Enable trail time 16 ns tDSEQ Sequential transfer delay 20 ns tSU(MOSI) MOSI data setup time 8 ns tHLD(MOSI) MOSI data hold time 8 ns tr(SCLK) SCLK rise time 10% - 90% rise time 6 ns tf(SCLK) SCLK fall time 90% - 10% fall time 6 ns

6.9 Switching Characteristics: SPI Interface

at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 2 for timing diagram PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT ta(MISO) MISO access time 16 ns td(MISO) SCLK to MISO delay 50% of SCLK to 50% of MISO 16 ns tdis(MISO) MISO disable time 20 ns

6.10 Timing Requirements: TDM, I2S or LJ Interface

at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 3 for timing diagram MIN NOM MAX UNIT t(BCLK) BCLK period 40 ns tH(BCLK) BCLK high pulse duration (1) 18 ns tL(BCLK) BCLK low pulse duration (1) 18 ns tSU(FSYNC) FSYNC setup time 8 ns tHLD(FSYNC) FSYNC hold time 8 ns tr(BCLK) BCLK rise time 10% - 90% rise time 10 ns tf(BCLK) BCLK fall time 90% - 10% fall time 10 ns (1) The BCLK minimum high or low pulse duration must be higher than 25 ns (to meet the timing specifications), if the SDOUT data line is latched on the opposite BCLK edge polarity than the edge used by the device to transmit SDOUT data.

6.11 Switching Characteristics: TDM, I2S or LJ Interface

at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 3 for timing diagram PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT td(SDOUT-BCLK) BCLK to SDOUT delay 50% of BCLK to 50% of SDOUT 18 ns td(SDOUT-FSYNC) FSYNC to SDOUT delay in TDM or LJ mode (for MSB data with TX_OFFSET = 0) 50% of FSYNC to 50% of SDOUT 18 ns f(BCLK) BCLK output clock frequency: master mode (1) 24.576 MHz www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 13 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 3 for timing diagram PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT tH(BCLK) BCLK high pulse duration: master mode 14 ns tL(BCLK) BCLK low pulse duration: master mode 14 ns td(FSYNC) BCLK to FSYNC delay: master mode 50% of BCLK to 50% of FSYNC 18 ns tr(BCLK) BCLK rise time: master mode 10% - 90% rise time 8 ns tf(BCLK) BCLK fall time: master mode 90% - 10% fall time 8 ns (1) The BCLK output clock frequency must be lower than 18.5 MHz (to meet the timing specifications), if the SDOUT data line is latched on the opposite BCLK edge polarity than the edge used by the device to transmit SDOUT data.

6.12 Timing Requirements: PDM Digital Microphone Interface

at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 4 for timing diagram MIN NOM MAX UNIT tSU(PDMDINx) PDMDINx setup time 30 ns tHLD(PDMDINx) PDMDINx hold time 0 ns

6.13 Switching Characteristics: PDM Digial Microphone Interface

at TA = 25°C, IOVDD = 3.3 V or 1.8 V and 20-pF load on all outputs (unless otherwise noted); see Figure 4 for timing diagram PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT f(PDMCLK) PDMCLK clock frequency 0.768 6.144 MHz tH(PDMCLK) PDMCLK high pulse duration 72 ns tL(PDMCLK) PDMCLK low pulse duration 72 ns tr(PDMCLK) PDMCLK rise time 10% - 90% rise time 18 ns tf(PDMCLK) PDMCLK fall time 90% - 10% fall time 18 ns STO STA SDA SCL STA STO tBUF tHD;STA tHD;DAT tSU;DAT tSU;STA tSU;STO tHD;STAtLOW tHIGH tr tf td(SDA) Figure 6-1. I2C Interface Timing Diagram PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

14 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

6.14 Typical Characteristics

at TA = 25°C, AVDD = 3.3 V, IOVDD = 3.3 V, fIN = 1-kHz sinusoidal signal, f S = 48 kHz, 32-bit audio data, BCLK = 256 × fS, TDM slave mode, PLL on, channel gain = 0 dB, and linear phase decimation filter (unless otherwise noted); all performance measurements are done with a 20-kHz, low-pass filter, and an A-weighted filter Input Amplitude (dB) THD+N (dBFS) -130 -115 -100 -85 -70 -55 -40 -25 -10 0 -130 -120 -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 THD+D101 Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 Differential input Figure 6-5. THD+N vs Input Amplitude Input Amplitude (dB) THD+N (dBFS) -130 -115 -100 -85 -70 -55 -40 -25 -10 0 -130 -120 -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 THD+D101 Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 Single-ended input Figure 6-6. THD+N vs Input Amplitude Input Amplitude (dB) THD+N (dBFS) -130 -115 -100 -85 -70 -55 -40 -25 -10 0 -130 -120 -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 THD+D101 Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 Differential input with AVDD = 1.8 V and VREF = 1.375 V Figure 6-7. THD+N vs Input Amplitude Frequency (Hz) THD+N (dBFS) 20 50 100 500 1000 5000 10000 20000 -130 -120 -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 D103 Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 Figure 6-8. THD+N vs Input Frequency With a –60- dBr Input Frequency (Hz) THD+N (dBFS) 20 50 100 500 1000 5000 10000 20000 -130 -120 -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 D104 Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 Figure 6-9. THD+N vs Input Frequency With a –1- dBr Input Channel Gain (dB) Input Referred Noise (PVRMS) 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 THD+D105 Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 Differential input Figure 6-10. Input-Referred Noise vs Channel Gain PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

16 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7 Detailed Description

7.1 Overview

The PCM3140-Q1 is a high-performance, low-power, flexible, quad-channel, audio analog-to-digital converter (ADC) with extensive feature integration. This device is intended for applications in voice-activated systems, professional microphones, audio conferencing, portable computing, communication, and entertainment applications. The high dynamic range of the device enables far-field audio recording with high fidelity. This device integrates a host of features that reduces cost, board space, and power consumption in space- constrained, battery-powered, consumer, home, and industrial applications. The PCM3140-Q1 consists of the following blocks:

• Quad-channel, multibit, high-performance delta-sigma (ΔΣ) ADC
• Configurable single-ended or differential audio inputs
• Low-noise, programmable microphone bias output
• Automatic gain controller (AGC)
• Programmable decimation filters with linear-phase or low-latency filter
• Programmable channel gain, volume control, biquad filters for each channel
• Programmable phase and gain calibration with fine resolution for each channel
• Programmable high-pass filter (HPF), and digital channel mixer
• Pulse density modulation (PDM) digital microphone interface with high-performance decimation filter
• Integrated low-jitter phase-locked loop (PLL) supporting a wide range of system clocks
• Integrated digital and analog voltage regulators to support single-supply operation Communication to the PCM3140-Q1 to configure the control registers is supported using an I 2C or SPI interface. The device supports a highly flexible audio serial interface [time-division multiplexing (TDM), I 2S, or left-justified (LJ)] to transmit audio data seamlessly in the system across devices. The device can support multiple devices by sharing the common I 2C and TDM buses across devices. Moreover, the device includes a daisy-chain feature and a secondary audio serial output data pin. These features relax the shared TDM bus timing requirements and board design complexities when operating multiple devices for applications requiring high audio data bandwidth. Table 7-1 lists the reference abbreviations used throughout this document to registers that control the device. Table 7-1. Abbreviations for Register References REFERENCE ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION EXAMPLE Page y, register z, bit k Py_Rz_Dk Single data bit. The value of a single bit in a register. Page 4, register 36, bit 0 = P4_R36_D0 Page y, register z, bits k-m Py_Rz_D[k:m] Range of data bits. A range of data bits (inclusive). Page 4, register 36, bits 3-0 = P4_R36_D[3:0] Page y, register z Py_Rz One entire register. All eight bits in the register as a unit. Page 4, register 36 = P4_R36 Page y, registers z-n Py_Rz-Rn Range of registers. A range of registers in the same page. Page 4, registers 36, 37, 38 = P4_R36-R38 PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

18 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.2 Functional Block Diagram

(Low Latency LPF, Programmable Biquads) and Automatic Gain Controller (AGC) Audio Serial Interface (TDM, I2S, LJ) Audio Clock Generation PLL (Input Clock Source - BCLK, GPIOx, GPIx) I2C or SPI Control Interface BCLK FSYNC SDOUTIN1M_GPO1 IN1P_GPI1 SCL_MOSI SDA_SSZ IN2M_GPO2 IN2P_GPI2 IN3M_GPO3 IN3P_GPI3 IN4M_GPO4 IN4P_GPI4 GPIO1 Multifunction Pins (Digital Microphones Interface, Interrupt, PLL Input Clock) ADDR0_SCLK ADDR1_MISO PGA ADC Channel-2 PGA ADC Channel-3 PGA ADC Channel-4 Programmable Microphone BiasMICBIAS 8-Channel Digital Microphone Filters SHDNZRegulators, Current Bias and Voltage Reference AVSS AVDD IOVDD DREG VREF Thermal Pad (VSS) AREG

7.3 Feature Description

7.3.1 Serial Interfaces

This device has two serial interfaces: control and audio data. The control serial interface is used for device configuration. The audio data serial interface is used for transmitting audio data to the host device.

7.3.1.1 Control Serial Interfaces

The device contains configuration registers and programmable coefficients that can be set to the desired values for a specific system and application use. All these registers can be accessed using either I 2C or SPI communication to the device. For more information, see the Section 7.5 section.

7.3.1.2 Audio Serial Interfaces

Digital audio data flows between the host processor and the PCM3140-Q1 on the digital audio serial interface (ASI), or audio bus. This highly flexible ASI bus includes a TDM mode for multichannel operation, support for I 2S or left-justified protocols format, programmable data length options, very flexible master-slave configurability for bus clock lines and the ability to communicate with multiple devices within a system directly. www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 19 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

The bus protocol TDM, I 2S, or left-justified (LJ) format can be selected by using the ASI_FORMAT[1:0], P0_R7_D[7:6] register bits. As shown in Table 7-2 and Table 7-3, these modes are all most significant byte (MSB)-first, pulse code modulation (PCM) data format, with the output channel data word-length programmable as 16, 20, 24, or 32 bits by configuring the ASI_WLEN[1:0], P0_R7_D[5:4] register bits. Table 7-2. Audio Serial Interface Format P0_R7_D[7:6] : ASI_FORMAT[1:0] AUDIO SERIAL INTERFACE FORMAT 00 (default) Time division multiplexing (TDM) mode

01 Inter IC sound (I2S) mode

10 Left-justified (LJ) mode

11 Reserved (do not use this setting)

Table 7-3. Audio Output Channel Data Word-Length P0_R7_D[5:4] : ASI_WLEN[1:0] AUDIO OUTPUT CHANNEL DATA WORD-LENGTH

00 Output channel data word-length set to 16 bits

01 Output channel data word-length set to 20 bits

10 Output channel data word-length set to 24 bits

11 (default) Output channel data word-length set to 32 bits The frame sync pin, FSYNC, is used in this audio bus protocol to define the beginning of a frame and has the same frequency as the output data sample rates. The bit clock pin, BCLK, is used to clock out the digital audio data across the serial bus. The number of bit-clock cycles in a frame must accommodate multiple device active output channels with the programmed data word length. A frame consists of multiple time-division channel slots (up to 64) to allow all output channel audio data transmissions to complete on the audio bus by a device or multiple PCM3140-Q1 devices sharing the same audio bus. The device supports up to eight output channels that can be configured to place their audio data on bus slot 0 to slot 63. Table 7-4 lists the output channel slot configuration settings. In I 2S and LJ mode, the slots are divided into two sets, left-channel slots and right-channel slots, as described in the Section 7.3.1.2.2 and Table 7-4. Output Channel Slot Assignment Settings P0_R11_D[5:0] : CH1_SLOT[5:0] OUTPUT CHANNEL 1 SLOT ASSIGNMENT 00 0000 = 0d (default) Slot 0 for TDM or left slot 0 for I2S, LJ. 00 0001 = 1d Slot 1 for TDM or left slot 1 for I2S, LJ. … … 01 1111 = 31d Slot 31 for TDM or left slot 31 for I2S, LJ. 10 0000 = 32d Slot 32 for TDM or right slot 0 for I2S, LJ. … … 11 1110 = 62d Slot 62 for TDM or right slot 30 for I2S, LJ. 11 1111 = 63d Slot 63 for TDM or right slot 31 for I2S, LJ. Similarly, the slot assignment setting for output channel 2 to channel 8 can be done using the CH2_SLOT (P0_R12) to CH8_SLOT (P0_R18) registers, respectively. The slot word length is the same as the output channel data word length set for the device. The output channel data word length must be set to the same value for all PCM3140-Q1 devices if all devices share the same ASI bus in a system. The maximum number of slots possible for the ASI bus in a system is limited by the available bus bandwidth, which depends upon the BCLK frequency, output data sample rate used, and the channel data word length configured. PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

20 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

The device also includes a feature that offsets the start of the slot data transfer with respect to the frame sync by up to 31 cycles of the bit clock. Table 7-5 lists the programmable offset configuration settings. Table 7-5. Programmable Offset Settings for the ASI Slot Start P0_R8_D[4:0] : TX_OFFSET[4:0] PROGRAMMABLE OFFSET SETTING FOR SLOT DATA TRANSMISSION START 0 0000 = 0d (default) The device follows the standard protocol timing without any offset. 0 0001 = 1d Slot start is offset by one BCLK cycle, as compared to standard protocol timing. For I2S or LJ, the left and right slot start is offset by one BCLK cycle, as compared to standard protocol timing. 1 1110 = 30d Slot start is offset by 30 BCLK cycles, as compared to standard protocol timing. For I2S or LJ, the left and right slot start is offset by 30 BCLK cycles, as compared to standard protocol timing. 1 1111 = 31d Slot start is offset by 31 BCLK cycles, as compared to standard protocol timing. For I2S or LJ, the left and right slot start is offset by 31 BCLK cycles, as compared to standard protocol timing. The device also features the ability to invert the polarity of the frame sync pin, FSYNC, used to transfer the audio data as compared to the default FSYNC polarity used in standard protocol timing. This feature can be set using the FSYNC_POL, P0_R7_D3 register bit. Similarly, the device can invert the polarity of the bit clock pin, BCLK, which can be set using the BCLK_POL, P0_R7_D2 register bit.

7.3.1.2.1 Time Division Multiplexed Audio (TDM) Interface

In TDM mode, also known as DSP mode, the rising edge of FSYNC starts the data transfer with the slot 0 data first. Immediately after the slot 0 data transmission, the remaining slot data are transmitted in order. FSYNC and each data bit (except the MSB of slot 0 when TX_OFFSET equals 0) is transmitted on the rising edge of BCLK. Figure 7-1 to Figure 7-4 illustrate the protocol timing for TDM operation with various configurations. N-1 2 1 0N-2 N-3 N-1 N-2 N-3 2 1 0 N-1 N-2 N-3 2 1 0 Slot-0 (Word Length : N) Slot-1 (Word Length : N) Slot-2 to Slot-7 (Word Length : N) N-1 2 1 0N-2 N-3 Slot-0 (Word Length : N) FSYNC BCLK SDOUT nth Sample (n+1)th Sample Figure 7-1. TDM Mode Standard Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 0) 2 1 0N-1 N-1 N-2 N-3 2 1 0 N-1 N-2 N-3 2 1 0 Slot-0 (Word Length : N) Slot-1 (Word Length : N) Slot-2 to Slot-7 (Word Length : N) 2 1 0N-1 Slot-0 (Word Length : N) nth Sample (n+1)th SampleTX_OFFSET = 2 TX_OFFSET = 2 FSYNC BCLK SDOUT Figure 7-2. TDM Mode Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 2) www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 21 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

nth Sample (n+1)th Sample FSYNC BCLK SDOUT 2 1 0N-1 N-1 N-2 N-3 2 1 0 N-1 N-2 N-3 0 N-1 N-2 Slot-0 (Word Length : N) Slot-1 (Word Length : N) Slot-2 to Slot-7 (Word Length : N) 2 1 0N-1 Slot-0 (Word Length : N) TX_OFFSET = 2 01 2 1 03 Figure 7-3. TDM Mode Protocol Timing (No Idle BCLK Cycles, TX_OFFSET = 2) N-1 2 1 0N-2 N-3 N-1 N-2 N-3 2 1 0 N-1 N-2 N-3 2 1 0 Slot-0 (Word Length : N) Slot-1 (Word Length : N) Slot-2 to Slot-7 (Word Length : N) N-1 2 1 0N-2 N-3 Slot-0 (Word Length : N) FSYNC BCLK SDOUT nth Sample (n+1)th Sample Figure 7-4. TDM Mode Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 0 and BCLK_POL = 1) For proper operation of the audio bus in TDM mode, the number of bit clocks per frame must be greater than or equal to the number of active output channels times the programmed word length of the output channel data. The device supports FSYNC as a pulse with a 1-cycle-wide bit clock , but also supports multiples as well . For a higher BCLK frequency operation, using TDM mode with a TX_OFFSET value higher than 0 is recommended.

7.3.1.2.2 Inter IC Sound (I2S) Interface

The standard I2S protocol is defined for only two channels: left and right. The device extends the same protocol timing for multichannel operation. In I 2S mode, the MSB of the left slot 0 is transmitted on the falling edge of BCLK in the second cycle after the falling edge of FSYNC. Immediately after the left slot 0 data transmission, the remaining left slot data are transmitted in order. The MSB of the right slot 0 is transmitted on the falling edge of BCLK in the second cycle after the rising edge of FSYNC. Immediately after the right slot 0 data transmission, the remaining right slot data are transmitted in order. FSYNC and each data bit is transmitted on the falling edge of BCLK. Figure 7-5 to Figure 7-8 illustrate the protocol timing for I2S operation with various configurations. 1 0N-1 N-2 N-1 N-2 1 0 Left Slot-0 (Word Length : N) Left Slot-2 to Slot-3 (Word Length : N) 1 0N-1 N-2 FSYNC BCLK SDOUT nth Sample (n+1)th Sample 1 0N-1 N-1 N-2 1 0 Right Slot-0 (Word Length : N) Right Slot-2 to Slot-3 (Word Length : N) Left Slot-0 (Word Length : N) Figure 7-5. I2S Mode Standard Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 0) PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

22 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

(Word Length : N) Left Slot-2 to Slot-3 (Word Length : N) 1 0N-1 FSYNC BCLK SDOUT nth Sample (n+1)th Sample 1 0N-1 N-1 1 0 Right Slot-0 (Word Length : N) Right Slot-2 to Slot-3 (Word Length : N) Left Slot-0 (Word Length : N)TX_OFFSET = 1 TX_OFFSET = 1 TX_OFFSET = 1 Figure 7-6. I2S Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 1) 1 0N-1 N-2 N-1 N-2 0 N-1 Left Slot-1 to Slot-3 (Word Length : N) 1 0N-1 N-2 FSYNC BCLK SDOUT nth Sample (n+1)th Sample 1 0N-1 0 N-1 1 0 Right Slot-1 to Slot-3 (Word Length : N) Left Slot-0 (Word Length : N) 1 00 N-1 N-2 Figure 7-7. I2S Protocol Timing (No Idle BCLK Cycles, TX_OFFSET = 0) 1 0N-1 N-2 N-1 N-2 1 0 Left Slot-0 (Word Length : N) Left Slot-2 to Slot-3 (Word Length : N) 1 0N-1 N-2 FSYNC BCLK SDOUT nth Sample (n+1)th Sample 1 0N-1 N-1 N-2 1 0 Right Slot-0 (Word Length : N) Right Slot-2 to Slot-3 (Word Length : N) Left Slot-0 (Word Length : N) Figure 7-8. I2S Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 0 and BCLK_POL = 1) For proper operation of the audio bus in I 2S mode, the number of bit clocks per frame must be greater than or equal to the number of active output channels (including left and right slots) times the programmed word length of the output channel data. The device FSYNC low pulse must be a number of BCLK cycles wide that is greater than or equal to the number of active left slots times the data word length configured. Similarly, the FSYNC high pulse must be a number of BCLK cycles wide that is greater than or equal to the number of active right slots times the data word length configured.

7.3.1.2.3 Left-Justified (LJ) Interface

The standard LJ protocol is defined for only two channels: left and right. The device extends the same protocol timing for multichannel operation. In LJ mode, the MSB of the left slot 0 is transmitted in the same BCLK cycle after the rising edge of FSYNC. Each subsequent data bit is transmitted on the falling edge of BCLK. Immediately after the left slot 0 data transmission, the remaining left slot data are transmitted in order. The MSB of the right slot 0 is transmitted in the same BCLK cycle after the falling edge of FSYNC. Each subsequent data bit is transmitted on the falling edge of BCLK. Immediately after the right slot 0 data transmission, the remaining right slot data are transmitted in order. FSYNC is transmitted on the falling edge of BCLK. Figure 7-9 to Figure 7-12 illustrate the protocol timing for LJ operation with various configurations. www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 23 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

(Word Length : N) Left Slot-2 to Slot-3 (Word Length : N) 1 0N-1 N-2 BCLK SDOUT nth Sample (n+1)th Sample 1 0N-1 N-1 N-2 1 0 Right Slot-0 (Word Length : N) Right Slot-2 to Slot-3 (Word Length : N) Left Slot-0 (Word Length : N) FSYNC Figure 7-9. LJ Mode Standard Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 0) 1 0N-1 N-1 N-2 1 0 Left Slot-0 (Word Length : N) Left Slot-2 to Slot-3 (Word Length : N) 1 0N-1 BCLK SDOUT nth Sample (n+1)th Sample 1 0N-1 N-1 1 0 Right Slot-0 (Word Length : N) Right Slot-2 to Slot-3 (Word Length : N) Left Slot-0 (Word Length : N)TX_OFFSET = 2 TX_OFFSET = 2 TX_OFFSET = 2 FSYNC Figure 7-10. LJ Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 2) 1 0N-1 N-2 N-1 N-2 0 N-1 Left Slot-1 to Slot-3 (Word Length : N) 1 0N-1 N-2 BCLK SDOUT nth Sample (n+1)th Sample 1 0N-1 0 N-1 1 0 Right Slot-1 to Slot-3 (Word Length : N) Left Slot-0 (Word Length : N) 1 00 N-1 N-2 FSYNC Figure 7-11. LJ Protocol Timing (No Idle BCLK Cycles, TX_OFFSET = 0) 1 0N-1 N-2 N-1 N-2 1 0 Left Slot-0 (Word Length : N) Left Slot-2 to Slot-3 (Word Length : N) 1 0N-1 N-2 BCLK SDOUT nth Sample (n+1)th Sample 1 0N-1 N-1 N-2 1 0 Right Slot-0 (Word Length : N) Right Slot-2 to Slot-3 (Word Length : N) Left Slot-0 (Word Length : N) FSYNC TX_OFFSET = 1 TX_OFFSET = 1 TX_OFFSET = 1 Figure 7-12. LJ Protocol Timing (TX_OFFSET = 1 and BCLK_POL = 1) For proper operation of the audio bus in LJ mode, the number of bit clocks per frame must be greater than or equal to the number of active output channels (including left and right slots) times the programmed word length of the output channel data. The device FSYNC high pulse must be a number of BCLK cycles wide that is greater than or equal to the number of active left slots times the data word length configured. Similarly, the FSYNC low pulse must be number of BCLK cycles wide that is greater than or equal to the number of active right slots times the data word length configured. For a higher BCLK frequency operation, using LJ mode with a TX_OFFSET value higher than 0 is recommended. PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

24 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.3.1.3 Using Multiple Devices With Shared Buses

The device has many supported features and flexible options that can be used in the system to seamlessly connect multiple PCM3140-Q1 devices by sharing a single common I2C control bus and an audio serial interface bus. This architecture enables multiple applications to be applied to a system that require a microphone array for beam-forming operation, audio conferencing, noise cancellation, and so forth. Figure 7-13 shows a diagram of multiple PCM3140-Q1 devices in a configuration where the control and audio data buses are shared. TLV320ADCx120 TLV320ADCx120 TLV320ADCx120 TLV320ADCx120 Host Processor Audio Data Bus ±TDM, I2S, LJ Interface Control Bus ±I2C Interface Figure 7-13. Multiple PCM3140-Q1 Devices With Shared Control and Audio Data Buses The PCM3140-Q1 consists of the following features to enable seamless connection and interaction of multiple devices using a shared bus:

• Supports up to four pin-programmable I2C target addresses
• I2C broadcast simultaneously writes to (or triggers) all PCM3140-Q1 devices
• Supports up to 64 configuration output channel slots for the audio serial interface
• Tri-state feature (with enable and disable) for the unused audio data slots of the device
• Supports a bus-holder feature (with enable and disable) to keep the last driven value on the audio bus
• The GPIO1 or GPOx pin can be configured as a secondary output data lane for the audio serial interface
• The GPIO1 or GPIx pin can be used in a daisy-chain configuration of multiple PCM3140-Q1 devices
• Supports one BCLK cycle data latching timing to relax the timing requirement for the high-speed interface
• Programmable controller and target options for the audio serial interface
• Ability to synchronize the multiple devices for the simultaneous sampling requirement across devices See the Multiple TLV320ADCx140 Devices With a Shared TDM and I2C Bus application report for further details. www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 25 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.3.2 Phase-Locked Loop (PLL) and Clock Generation

The device has a smart auto-configuration block to generate all necessary internal clocks required for the ADC modulator and the digital filter engine used for signal processing. This configuration is done by monitoring the frequency of the FSYNC and BCLK signal on the audio bus. The device supports the various output data sample rates (of the FSYNC signal frequency) and the BCLK to FSYNC ratio to configure all clock dividers, including the PLL configuration, internally without host programming. Table 7-6 and Table 7-7 list the supported FSYNC and BCLK frequencies. Table 7-6. Supported FSYNC (Multiples or Submultiples of 48 kHz) and BCLK Frequencies BCLK TO FSYNC RATIO BCLK (MHz) FSYNC (8 kHz) FSYNC (16 kHz) FSYNC (24 kHz) FSYNC (32 kHz) FSYNC (48 kHz) FSYNC (96 kHz) FSYNC (192 kHz) FSYNC (384 kHz) FSYNC (768 kHz) 1024 8.192 16.384 24.576 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 2048 16.384 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Table 7-7. Supported FSYNC (Multiples or Submultiples of 44.1 kHz) and BCLK Frequencies BCLK TO FSYNC RATIO BCLK (MHz) FSYNC (7.35 kHz) FSYNC (14.7 kHz) FSYNC (22.05 kHz) FSYNC (29.4 kHz) FSYNC (44.1 kHz) FSYNC (88.2 kHz) FSYNC (176.4 kHz) FSYNC (352.8 kHz) FSYNC (705.6 kHz) 1024 7.5264 15.0528 22.5792 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved 2048 15.0528 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved The status register ASI_STS, P0_R21, captures the device auto detect result for the FSYNC frequency and the BCLK to FSYNC ratio. If the device finds any unsupported combinations of FSYNC frequency and BCLK to FSYNC ratios, the device generates an ASI clock-error interrupt and mutes the record channels accordingly. The device uses an integrated, low-jitter, phase-locked loop (PLL) to generate internal clocks required for the ADC modulator and digital filter engine, as well as other control blocks. The device also supports an option PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

26 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

to use BCLK, GPIO1, or the GPIx pin (as MCLK) as the audio clock source without using the PLL to reduce power consumption. However, the ADC performance may degrade based on jitter from the external clock source, and some processing features may not be supported if the external audio clock source frequency is not high enough. Therefore, TI recommends using the PLL for high-performance applications. More details and information on how to configure and use the device in low-power mode without using the PLL are discussed in the TLV320ADCx140 Operation for Low-Power Critical Applications application report. The device also supports an audio bus controller mode operation using the GPIO1 or GPIx pin (as MCLK) as the reference input clock source and supports various flexible options and a wide variety of system clocks. More details and information on controller mode configuration and operation are discussed in the Configuring and Operating the TLV320ADCx140 as an Audio Bus Master application report. The audio bus clock error detection and auto-detect feature automatically generates all internal clocks, but can be disabled using the ASI_ERR, P0_R9_D5 and AUTO_CLK_CFG, P0_R19_D6, register bits, respectively. In the system, this disable feature can be used to support custom clock frequencies that are not covered by the auto detect scheme. For such application use cases, care must be taken to ensure that the multiple clock dividers are all configured appropriately. Therefore, TI recommends using the PPC3 GUI for device configuration settings; for more details see the TLV320ADCx140 Evaluation module user's guide and the PurePath™ console graphical development suite.

7.3.3 Input Channel Configurations

The device consists of four pairs of analog input pins (INxP and INxM) that can be configured as differential inputs or single-ended inputs for the recording channel. The device supports simultaneous recording of up to four channels using the high-performance multichannel ADC. The input source for the analog pins can be from electret condenser analog microphones, microelectrical-mechanical system (MEMS) analog microphones, or line-in (auxiliary) inputs from the system board. Additionally, if the application uses digital PDM microphones for the recording, then the INxP and INxM pins can be reconfigured in the device to support up to eight channels for the digital microphone recording. Table 7-8 shows the input source selection for the record channel. Table 7-8. Input Source Selection for the Record Channel P0_R60_D[6:5] : CH1_INSRC[1:0] INPUT CHANNEL 1 RECORD SOURCE SELECTION 00 (default) Analog differential input for channel 1 (this setting is valid only when the GPI1 and GPO1 pin functions are disabled)

01 Analog single-ended Input for channel 1 (this setting is valid only when the GPI1 and GPO1

pin functions are disabled)

10 Digital PDM input for channel 1 (configure the GPIx and GPOx pin accordingly for PDMDIN1

and PDMCLK) Similarly, the input source selection setting for input channel 2, channel 3, and channel 4 can be configured using the CH2_INSRC[1:0] (P0_R65_D[6:5]), CH3_INSRC[1:0] (P0_R70_D[6:5]), and CH4_INSRC[1:0] (P0_R75_D[6:5]) register bits, respectively. Typically, voice or audio signal inputs are capacitively coupled (AC-coupled) to the device; however, the device also supports an option for DC-coupled inputs to save board space. This configuration can be done independently for each channel by setting the CH1_DC (P0_R60_D4), CH2_DC (P0_R65_D4), CH3_DC (P0_R70_D4), and CH4_DC (P0_R75_D4) register bits. The INM pin can be directly grounded in DC-coupled mode (see Figure 7-14 ), but the INM pin must be grounded after the AC-coupling capacitor in AC-coupled mode (see Figure 7-15) for the single-ended input configuration. For the best dynamic range performance, the differential AC-coupled input must be used . www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 27 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Figure 7-14. Single-Ended DC-Coupled Input Connection GND Line or Microphone Single-ended Input TLV320ADCx140 INxP INxM Figure 7-15. Single-Ended AC-Coupled Input Connection The device allows for flexibility in choosing the typical input impedance on INxP or INxM from 2.5 kΩ ( default), 10 kΩ, and 20 k Ω based on the input source impedance. The higher input impedance results in slightly higher noise or lower dynamic range. Table 7-9 lists the configuration register settings for the input impedance for the record channel. Table 7-9. Input Impedance Selection for the Record Channel P0_R60_D[3:2] : CH1_IMP[1:0] CHANNEL 1 INPUT IMPEDANCE SELECTION 00 (default) Channel 1 input impedance typical value is 2.5 kΩ on INxP or INxM

01 Channel 1 input impedance typical value is 10 kΩ on INxP or INxM

10 Channel 1 input impedance typical value is 20 kΩ on INxP or INxM

Similarly, the input impedance selection setting for input channel 2, channel 3, and channel 4 can be configured using the CH2_IMP[1:0] (P0_R65_D[3:2]), CH3_IMP[1:0] (P0_R70_D[3:2]), and CH4_IMP[1:0] (P0_R75_D[3:2]) register bits, respectively. The value of the coupling capacitor in AC-coupled mode must be chosen so that the high-pass filter formed by the coupling capacitor and the input impedance do not affect the signal content. Before proper recording can begin, this coupling capacitor must be charged up to the common-mode voltage at power-up. To enable quick charging, the device has modes to speed up the charging of the coupling capacitor. The default value of the quick-charge timing is set for a coupling capacitor up to 1 µF. However, if a higher-value capacitor is used in the system, then the quick-charging timing can be increased by using the INCAP_QCHG (P0_R5_D[5:4]) register bits. For best distortion performance, use the low-voltage coefficient capacitors for AC coupling. The input impedance value of 2.5 kΩ is not supported for the DC-coupled input.

7.3.4 Reference Voltage

All audio data converters require a DC reference voltage. The PCM3140-Q1 achieves low-noise performance by internally generating a low-noise reference voltage. This reference voltage is generated using a band-gap circuit with high PSRR performance. This audio converter reference voltage must be filtered externally using a minimum 1-µF capacitor connected from the VREF pin to analog ground (AVSS). The value of this reference voltage can be configured using the P0_R59_D[1:0] register bits and must be set to an appropriate value based on the desired full-scale input for the device and the AVDD supply voltage available in the system. The default VREF value is set to 2.75 V, which in turn supports a 2-V RMS differential full-scale input to the device. The required minimum AVDD voltage for this mode is 3 V. Table 7-10 lists the various VREF settings supported along with required AVDD range and the supported full-scale input signal for that configuration. Table 7-10. VREF Programmable Settings P0_R59_D[1:0] : ADC_FSCALE[1:0] VREF OUTPUT VOLTAGE (Same as Internal ADC VREF) DIFFERENTIAL FULL- SCALE INPUT SUPPORTED SINGLE-ENDED FULL- SCALE INPUT SUPPORTED AVDD RANGE REQUIREMENT 00 (default) 2.75 V 2 VRMS 1 VRMS 3 V to 3.6 V PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

28 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-10. VREF Programmable Settings (continued) P0_R59_D[1:0] : ADC_FSCALE[1:0] VREF OUTPUT VOLTAGE (Same as Internal ADC VREF) DIFFERENTIAL FULL- SCALE INPUT SUPPORTED SINGLE-ENDED FULL- SCALE INPUT SUPPORTED AVDD RANGE REQUIREMENT 10 1.375 V 1 VRMS 0.5 VRMS 1.7 V to 1.9 V

11 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved

To achieve low-power consumption, this audio reference block is powered down as described in the Section 7.4.2 section. When exiting sleep mode, the audio reference block is powered up using the internal fast-charge scheme and the VREF pin settles to its steady-state voltage after the settling time (a function of the decoupling capacitor on the VREF pin). This time is approximately equal to 3.5 ms when using a 1- μF decoupling capacitor. If a higher-value decoupling capacitor is used on the VREF pin, the fast-charge setting must be reconfigured using the VREF_QCHG, P0_R2_D[4:3] register bits, which support options of 3.5 ms (default), 10 ms, 50 ms, or 100 ms.

7.3.5 Programmable Microphone Bias

The device integrates a built-in, low-noise microphone bias pin that can be used in the system for biasing electret-condenser microphones or providing the supply to the MEMS analog or digital microphone. The integrated bias amplifier supports up to 20 mA of load current that can be used for multiple microphones and is designed to provide a combination of high PSRR, low noise, and programmable bias voltages to allow the biasing to be fine tuned for specific microphone combinations. When using this MICBIAS pin for biasing or supplying to multiple microphones, avoid any common impedance on the board layout for the MICBIAS connection to minimize coupling across microphones. Table 7-11 shows the available microphone bias programmable options. Table 7-11. MICBIAS Programmable Settings P0_R59_D[6:4] : MBIAS_VAL[2:0] P0_R59_D[1:0] : ADC_FSCALE[1:0] MICBIAS OUTPUT VOLTAGE 000 (default) 00 (default) 2.75 V (same as the VREF output) 01 2.5 V (same as the VREF output) 10 1.375 V (same as the VREF output) 001 00 (default) 3.014 V (1.096 times the VREF output) 01 2.740 V (1.096 times the VREF output) 10 1.507 V (1.096 times the VREF output) 010 to 101 XX Reserved (do not use these settings)

110 XX Same as AVDD

111 XX Reserved (do not use this setting)

The microphone bias output can be powered on or powered off (default) by configuring the MICBIAS_PDZ, P0_R117_D7 register bit. Additionally, the device provides an option to configure the GPIO1 or GPIx pin to directly control the microphone bias output powering on or off. This feature is useful to control the microphone directly without engaging the host for I 2C or SPI communication. The MICBIAS_PDZ, P0_R117_D7 register bit value is ignored if the GPIO1 or GPIx pin is configured to set the microphone bias on or off. www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 29 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.3.6 Signal-Chain Processing

The PCM3140-Q1 signal chain is comprised of very-low-noise, high-performance, and low-power analog blocks and highly flexible and programmable digital processing blocks. The high performance and flexibility combined with a compact package makes the PCM3140-Q1 optimized for a variety of end-equipments and applications that require multichannel audio capture. Figure 7-16 shows a conceptual block diagram that highlights the various building blocks used in the signal chain, and how the blocks interact in the signal chain. PGA M U X PDM Interface Digital Microphone ADC Phase Calibration Decimation Filters HPF Gain Calibration Digital Summer/Mixer Biquad Filters Digital Volume Control (DVC) INP INM PDMCLK PDMIN Other Input Channels Processed Data after Gain Calibration Output Channel Data to ASI Figure 7-16. Signal-Chain Processing Flowchart The front-end PGA is very low noise, with a 120-dB dynamic range performance. Along with a low-noise and low-distortion, multibit, delta-sigma ADC, the front-end PGA enables the PCM3140-Q1 to record a far-field audio signal with very high fidelity, both in quiet and loud environments. Moreover, the ADC architecture has inherent antialias filtering with a high rejection of out-of-band frequency noise around multiple modulator frequency components. Therefore, the device prevents noise from aliasing into the audio band during ADC sampling. Further on in the signal chain, an integrated, high-performance multistage digital decimation filter sharply cuts off any out-of-band frequency noise with high stop-band attenuation. The device also has an integrated programmable biquad filter that allows for custom low-pass, high-pass, or any other desired frequency shaping. Thus, the overall signal chain architecture removes the requirement to add external components for antialiasing low-pass filtering, and thus saves drastically on the external system component cost and board space. See the TLV320ADCx140 Integrated Analog Antialiasing Filter and Flexible Digital Filter application report for further details. The signal chain also consists of various highly programmable digital processing blocks such as phase calibration, gain calibration, high-pass filter, digital summer or mixer, biquad filters, and volume control. The details on these processing blocks are discussed further in this section. The device also supports up to eight digital PDM microphone recording channels when the analog record channels are not used. Channels 1 to 4 in the signal chain block diagram of Figure 7-16 are as described in this section, however, channels 5 to 8 only support the digital microphone recording option and do not support the digital summer or mixer option. The desired input channels for recording can be enabled or disabled by using the IN_CH_EN (P0_R115) register, and the output channels for the audio serial interface can be enabled or disabled by using the ASI_OUT_EN (P0_R116) register. In general, the device supports simultaneous power-up and power-down of all active channels for simultaneous recording. However, based on the application needs, if some channels must be powered-up or powered-down dynamically when the other channel recording is on, then that use case is supported by setting the DYN_CH_PUPD_EN, P0_R117_D4 register bit to 1'b1. The device supports an input signal bandwidth up to 80 kHz, which allows the high-frequency non-audio signal to be recorded by using a 176.4-kHz (or higher) sample rate. For output sample rates of 48 kHz or lower, the device supports all features for 8-channel recording and various programmable processing blocks. However, for output sample rates higher than 48 kHz, there are limitations in the number of simultaneous channel recordings supported and the number of biquad filters and such. See the PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

30 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

TLV320ADCx140 Sampling Rates and Programmable Processing Blocks Supported application report for further details.

7.3.6.1 Programmable Channel Gain and Digital Volume Control

The device has an independent programmable channel gain setting for each input channel that can be set to the appropriate value based on the maximum input signal expected in the system and the ADC VREF setting used (see the Section 7.3.4 section), which determines the ADC full-scale signal level. Configure the desired channel gain setting before powering up the ADC channel and do not change this setting while the ADC is powered on. The programmable range supported for each channel gain is from 0 dB to 42 dB in steps of 1 dB. To achieve low-noise performance, the device internal logic first maximizes the gain for the front-end low-noise analog PGA, which supports a dynamic range of 120 dB, and then applies any residual programmed channel gain in the digital processing block. Table 7-12 shows the programmable options available for the channel gain. Table 7-12. Channel Gain Programmable Settings P0_R61_D[7:2] : CH1_GAIN[5:0] CHANNEL GAIN SETTING FOR INPUT CHANNEL 1 00 0000 = 0d (default) Input channel 1 gain is set to 0 dB 00 0001 = 1d Input channel 1 gain is set to 1 dB 00 0010 = 2d Input channel 1 gain is set to 2 dB … … 10 1001 = 41d Input channel 1 gain is set to 41 dB 10 1010 = 42d Input channel 1 gain is set to 42 dB 10 1011 to 11 1111 = 43d to 63d Reserved (do not use these settings) Similarly, the channel gain setting for input channel 2, channel 3, and channel 4 can be configured using the CH2_GAIN (P0_R66), CH3_GAIN (P0_R71), and CH4_GAIN (P0_R76) register bits, respectively. The channel gain feature is not available for the digital microphone record path. The device also has a programmable digital volume control with a range from –100 dB to 27 dB in steps of 0.5 dB with the option to mute the channel recording. The digital volume control value can be changed dynamically while the ADC channel is powered-up and recording. During volume control changes, the soft ramp-up or ramp-down volume feature is used internally to avoid any audible artifacts. Soft-stepping can be entirely disabled using the DISABLE_SOFT_STEP (P0_R108_D4) register bit. The digital volume control setting is independently available for each output channel, including the digital microphone record channel. However, the device also supports an option to gang-up the volume control setting for all channels together using the channel 1 digital volume control setting, regardless if channel 1 is powered up or powered down. This gang-up can be enabled using the DVOL_GANG (P0_R108_D7) register bit. Table 7-13 shows the programmable options available for the digital volume control. Table 7-13. Digital Volume Control (DVC) Programmable Settings P0_R62_D[7:0] : CH1_DVOL[7:0] DVC SETTING FOR OUTPUT CHANNEL 1 0000 0000 = 0d Output channel 1 DVC is set to mute 0000 0001 = 1d Output channel 1 DVC is set to –100 dB 0000 0010 = 2d Output channel 1 DVC is set to –99.5 dB 0000 0011 = 3d Output channel 1 DVC is set to –99 dB … … 1100 1000 = 200d Output channel 1 DVC is set to –0.5 dB 1100 1001 = 201d (default) Output channel 1 DVC is set to 0 dB 1100 1010 = 202d Output channel 1 DVC is set to 0.5 dB … … www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 31 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-13. Digital Volume Control (DVC) Programmable Settings (continued) P0_R62_D[7:0] : CH1_DVOL[7:0] DVC SETTING FOR OUTPUT CHANNEL 1 1111 1101 = 253d Output channel 1 DVC is set to 26 dB 1111 1110 = 254d Output channel 1 DVC is set to 26.5 dB 1111 1111 = 255d Output channel 1 DVC is set to 27 dB Similarly, the digital volume control setting for output channel 2 to channel 8 can be configured using the CH2_DVOL (P0_R67) to CH8_DVOL (P0_R97) register bits, respectively. The internal digital processing engine soft ramps up the volume from a muted level to the programmed volume level when the channel is powered up, and the internal digital processing engine soft ramps down the volume from a programmed volume to mute when the channel is powered down. This soft-stepping of volume is done to prevent abruptly powering up and powering down the record channel. This feature can also be entirely disabled using the DISABLE_SOFT_STEP (P0_R108_D4) register bit.

7.3.6.2 Programmable Channel Gain Calibration

Along with the programmable channel gain and digital volume, this device also provides programmable channel gain calibration. The gain of each channel can be finely calibrated or adjusted in steps of 0.1 dB for a range of –0.8-dB to 0.7-dB gain error. This adjustment is useful when trying to match the gain across channels resulting from external components and microphone sensitivity. This feature, in combination with the regular digital volume control, allows the gains across all channels to be matched for a wide gain error range with a resolution of 0.1 dB. Table 7-14 shows the programmable options available for the channel gain calibration. Table 7-14. Channel Gain Calibration Programmable Settings P0_R63_D[7:4] : CH1_GCAL[3:0] CHANNEL GAIN CALIBRATION SETTING FOR INPUT CHANNEL 1 0000 = 0d Input channel 1 gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB 0001 = 1d Input channel 1 gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB … … 1000 = 8d (default) Input channel 1 gain calibration is set to 0 dB … … 1110 = 14d Input channel 1 gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB 1111 = 15d Input channel 1 gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB Similarly, the channel gain calibration setting for input channel 2 to channel 8 can be configured using the CH2_GCAL (P0_R68) to CH8_GCAL (P0_R98) register bits, respectively.

7.3.6.3 Programmable Channel Phase Calibration

In addition to the gain calibration, the phase delay in each channel can be finely calibrated or adjusted in steps of one modulator clock cycle for a cycle range of 0 to 255 for the phase error. The modulator clock, the same clock used for ADC_MOD_CLK, is 6.144 MHz (the output data sample rate is multiples or submultiples of 48 kHz) or 5.6448 MHz (the output data sample rate is multiples or submultiples of 44.1 kHz) irrespective of the analog microphone or digital microphone use case. This feature is very useful for many applications that must match the phase with fine resolution between each channel, including any phase mismatch across channels resulting from external components or microphones. Table 7-15 shows the available programmable options for channel phase calibration. Table 7-15. Channel Phase Calibration Programmable Settings P0_R64_D[7:0] : CH1_PCAL[7:0] CHANNEL PHASE CALIBRATION SETTING FOR INPUT CHANNEL 1 0000 0000 = 0d (default) Input channel 1 phase calibration with no delay 0000 0001 = 1d Input channel 1 phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock 0000 0010 = 2d Input channel 1 phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock … … 1111 1110 = 254d Input channel 1 phase calibration delay is set to 254 cycles of the modulator clock PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

32 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-15. Channel Phase Calibration Programmable Settings (continued) P0_R64_D[7:0] : CH1_PCAL[7:0] CHANNEL PHASE CALIBRATION SETTING FOR INPUT CHANNEL 1 1111 1111 = 255d Input channel 1 phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock Similarly, the channel phase calibration setting for input channel 2 to channel 8 can be configured using the CH2_PCAL (P0_R69) to CH8_PCAL (P0_R99) register bits, respectively. The phase calibration feature must not be used when the analog input and PDM input are used together for simultaneous conversion.

7.3.6.4 Programmable Digital High-Pass Filter

To remove the DC offset component and attenuate the undesired low-frequency noise content in the record data, the device supports a programmable high-pass filter (HPF). The HPF is not a channel-independent filter setting but is globally applicable for all ADC channels. This HPF is constructed using the first-order infinite impulse response (IIR) filter, and is efficient enough to filter out possible DC components of the signal. Table 7-16 shows the predefined –3-dB cutoff frequencies available that can be set by using the HPF_SEL[1:0] register bits of P0_R107. Additionally, to achieve a custom –3-dB cutoff frequency for a specific application, the device also allows the first-order IIR filter coefficients to be programmed when the HPF_SEL[1:0] register bits are set to 2'b00. Figure 7-17 illustrates a frequency response plot for the HPF filter. Table 7-16. HPF Programmable Settings P0_R107_D[1:0] : HPF_SEL[1:0] -3-dB CUTOFF FREQUENCY SETTING -3-dB CUTOFF FREQUENCY AT 16-kHz SAMPLE RATE -3-dB CUTOFF FREQUENCY AT 48-kHz SAMPLE RATE

00 Programmable 1st-order IIR filter Programmable 1st-order IIR filter Programmable 1st-order IIR filter

01 (default) 0.00025 × fS 4 Hz 12 Hz 10 0.002 × fS 32 Hz 96 Hz 11 0.008 × fS 128 Hz 384 Hz Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) -45 -42 -39 -36 -33 -30 -27 -24 -21 -18 -15 -12 D003 HPF -3 dB Cutoff = 0.00025 u fS HPF -3 dB Cutoff = 0.002 u fS HPF -3 dB Cutoff = 0.008 u fS Figure 7-17. HPF Filter Frequency Response Plot Equation 1 gives the transfer function for the first-order programable IIR filter: *:V; = 00 + 01VF1

231 F &1VF1

(1) The frequency response for this first-order programmable IIR filter with default coefficients is flat at a gain of 0 dB (all-pass filter). The host device can override the frequency response by programming the IIR coefficients www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 33 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

in Table 7-17 to achieve the desired frequency response for high-pass filtering or any other desired filtering. If HPF_SEL[1:0] are set to 2'b00, the host device must write these coefficients values for the desired frequency response before powering-up any ADC channel for recording. Table 7-17 shows the filter coefficients for the first-order IIR filter. Table 7-17. 1st-Order IIR Filter Coefficients FILTER FILTER COEFFICIENT DEFAULT COEFFICIENT VALUE COEFFICIENT REGISTER MAPPING Programmable 1st-order IIR filter (can be allocated to HPF or any other desired filter) N0 0x7FFFFFFF P4_R72-R75 N1 0x00000000 P4_R76-R79 D1 0x00000000 P4_R80-R83

7.3.6.5 Programmable Digital Biquad Filters

The device supports up to 12 programmable digital biquad filters. These highly efficient filters achieve the desired frequence response. In digital signal processing, a digital biquad filter is a second-order, recursive linear filter with two poles and two zeros. Equation 2 gives the transfer function of each biquad filter: *:V; = 00 + 201 VF1 + 02 VF2

231 F 2&1VF1 F &2VF2

(2) The frequency response for the biquad filter section with default coefficients is flat at a gain of 0 dB (all- pass filter). The host device can override the frequency response by programming the biquad coefficients to achieve the desired frequency response for a low-pass, high-pass, or any other desired frequency shaping. sections. If biquad filtering is required, then the host device must write these coefficients values before powering up any ADC channels for recording. As described in Table 7-18, these biquad filters can be allocated for each output channel based on the BIQUAD_CFG[1:0] register setting of P0_R108. By setting BIQUAD_CFG[1:0] to 2'b00, the biquad filtering for all record channels is disabled and the host device can choose this setting if no additional filtering is required for the system application. See the TLV320ADCx140 Programmable Biquad Filter Configuration and Applications application report for further details. Table 7-18. Biquad Filter Allocation to the Record Output Channel PROGRAMMABLE BIQUAD FILTER RECORD OUTPUT CHANNEL ALLOCATION USING P0_R108_D[6:5] REGISTER SETTING BIQUAD_CFG[1:0] = 2'b01 (1 Biquad per Channel) BIQUAD_CFG[1:0] = 2'b10 (Default) (2 Biquads per Channel) BIQUAD_CFG[1:0] = 2'b11 (3 Biquads per Channel) SUPPORTS ALL 8 CHANNELS SUPPORTS UP TO 6 CHANNELS SUPPORTS UP TO 4 CHANNELS Biquad filter 1 Allocated to output channel 1 Allocated to output channel 1 Allocated to output channel 1 Biquad filter 2 Allocated to output channel 2 Allocated to output channel 2 Allocated to output channel 2 Biquad filter 3 Allocated to output channel 3 Allocated to output channel 3 Allocated to output channel 3 Biquad filter 4 Allocated to output channel 4 Allocated to output channel 4 Allocated to output channel 4 Biquad filter 5 Not used Allocated to output channel 1 Allocated to output channel 1 Biquad filter 6 Not used Allocated to output channel 2 Allocated to output channel 2 Biquad filter 7 Not used Allocated to output channel 3 Allocated to output channel 3 Biquad filter 8 Not used Allocated to output channel 4 Allocated to output channel 4 Biquad filter 9 Allocated to output channel 5 Allocated to output channel 5 Allocated to output channel 1 Biquad filter 10 Allocated to output channel 6 Allocated to output channel 6 Allocated to output channel 2 Biquad filter 11 Allocated to output channel 7 Allocated to output channel 5 Allocated to output channel 3 Biquad filter 12 Allocated to output channel 8 Allocated to output channel 6 Allocated to output channel 4 Table 7-19 shows the biquad filter coefficients mapping to the register space. PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

34 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-19. Biquad Filter Coefficients Register Mapping PROGRAMMABLE BIQUAD FILTER BIQUAD FILTER COEFFICIENTS REGISTER MAPPING PROGRAMMABLE BIQUAD FILTER BIQUAD FILTER COEFFICIENTS REGISTER MAPPING Biquad filter 1 P2_R8-R27 Biquad filter 7 P3_R8-R27 Biquad filter 2 P2_R28-R47 Biquad filter 8 P3_R28-R47 Biquad filter 3 P2_R48-R67 Biquad filter 9 P3_R48-R67 Biquad filter 4 P2_R68-R87 Biquad filter 10 P3_R68-R87 Biquad filter 5 P2_R88-R107 Biquad filter 11 P3_R88-R107 Biquad filter 6 P2_R108-R127 Biquad filter 12 P3_R108-R127

7.3.6.6 Programmable Channel Summer and Digital Mixer

For applications that require an even higher SNR than that supported for each channel, the device digital summing mode can be used. In this mode, the digital record data are summed up across the channel with an equal weightage factor, which helps in reducing the effective record noise. Table 7-20 lists the configuration settings available for channel summing mode. Table 7-20. Channel Summing Mode Programmable Settings P0_R107_D[3:2] : CH_SUM[2:0] CHANNEL SUMMING MODE FOR INPUT CHANNELS SNR AND DYNAMIC RANGE BOOST 00 (Default) Channel summing mode is disabled Not applicable Output channel 1 = (input channel 1 + input channel 2) / 2 Around 3-dB boost in SNR and dynamic range Output channel 2 = (input channel 1 + input channel 2) / 2 Output channel 3 = (input channel 3 + input channel 4) / 2 Output channel 4 = (input channel 3 + input channel 4) / 2 Output channel 5 = (input channel 5 + input channel 6) / 2 Output channel 6 = (input channel 5 + input channel 6) / 2 Output channel 1 = (input channel 1 + input channel 2 + input channel 3 + input channel 4) / 4 Around 6-dB boost in SNR and dynamic range Output channel 2 = (input channel 1 + input channel 2 + input channel 3 + input channel 4) / 4 Output channel 3 = (input channel 1 + input channel 2 + input channel 3 + input channel 4) / 4 Output channel 4 = (input channel 1 + input channel 2 + input channel 3 + input channel 4) / 4

11 Reserved (do not use this setting) Not applicable

The device additionally supports a fully programmable mixer feature that can mix the various input channels with their custom programmable scale factor to generate the final output channels. The programmable mixer feature is available only if CH_SUM[2:0] is set to 2'b00. The mixer function is only supported for input channel 1 to channel 4. Figure 7-18 shows a block diagram that describes the mixer 1 operation to generate output channel www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 35 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

MIX1_CH1 factor Attenuated by MIX1_CH2 factor Attenuated by MIX1_CH3 factor Attenuated by MIX1_CH4 factor Output Channel-1 Routed to Bi-Quad Filter Figure 7-18. Programmable Digital Mixer Block Diagram A similar mixer operation is performed by mixer 2, mixer 3, and mixer 4 to generate output channel 2, channel 3, and channel 4, respectively. PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

36 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.3.6.7 Configurable Digital Decimation Filters

The device record channel includes a high dynamic range, built-in digital decimation filter to process the oversampled data from the multibit delta-sigma ( ΔΣ) modulator to generate digital data at the same Nyquist sampling rate as the FSYNC rate. As illustrated in Figure 7-16 , this decimation filter can also be used for processing the oversampled PDM stream from the digital microphone. The decimation filter can be chosen from three different types, depending on the required frequency response, group delay, and phase linearity requirements for the target application. The selection of the decimation filter option can be done by configuring the DECI_FILT, P0_R107_D[5:4] register bits. Table 7-21 shows the configuration register setting for the decimation filter mode selection for the record channel. Table 7-21. Decimation Filter Mode Selection for the Record Channel P0_R107_D[5:4] : DECI_FILT[1:0] DECIMATION FILTER MODE SELECTION 00 (default) Linear phase filters are used for the decimation

01 Low latency filters are used for the decimation

10 Ultra-low latency filters are used for the decimation

7.3.6.7.1 Linear Phase Filters

The linear phase decimation filters are the default filters set by the device and can be used for all applications that require a perfect linear phase with zero-phase deviation within the pass-band specification of the filter. The filter performance specifications and various plots for all supported output sampling rates are listed in this section. Figure 7-19 and Figure 7-20 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 8 kHz or 7.35 kHz. Table 7-22 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 8-kHz or 7.35-kHz sampling rate. Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 D001 Figure 7-19. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude Response Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) -0.5 -0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 D001 Figure 7-20. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass- Band Ripple Table 7-22. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × fS –0.05 0.05 dB Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.58 × fS to 4 × fS 72.7 dB Frequency range is 4 × fS onwards 81.2 Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × fS 17.1 1/fS www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 37 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Figure 7-21 and Figure 7-22 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 16 kHz or 14.7 kHz. Table 7-23 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 16-kHz or 14.7-kHz sampling rate. Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 D001 Figure 7-21. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude Response Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) -0.5 -0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 D001 Figure 7-22. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass- Band Ripple Table 7-23. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × fS –0.05 0.05 dB Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.58 × fS to 4 × fS 73.3 dB Frequency range is 4 × fS onwards 95.0 Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × fS 15.7 1/fS Figure 7-23 and Figure 7-24 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 24 kHz or 22.05 kHz. Table 7-24 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 24-kHz or 22.05-kHz sampling rate. Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 D001 Figure 7-23. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude Response Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) -0.5 -0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 D001 Figure 7-24. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass- Band Ripple Table 7-24. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × fS –0.05 0.05 dB Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.58 × fS to 4 × fS 73.0 dB Frequency range is 4 × fS onwards 96.4 Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × fS 16.6 1/fS PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

38 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Figure 7-29 and Figure 7-30 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 96 kHz or 88.2 kHz. Table 7-27 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 96-kHz or 88.2-kHz sampling rate. Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 D001 Figure 7-29. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude Response Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) -0.5 -0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 D001 Figure 7-30. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass- Band Ripple Table 7-27. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × fS –0.05 0.05 dB Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.58 × fS to 4 × fS 73.6 dB Frequency range is 4 × fS onwards 97.9 Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.454 × fS 17.1 1/fS Figure 7-31 and Figure 7-32 respectively show the magnitude response and the pass-band ripple for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 192 kHz or 176.4 kHz. Table 7-28 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with an 192-kHz or 176.4-kHz sampling rate. Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 D001 Figure 7-31. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Magnitude Response Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) -0.5 -0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 D001 Figure 7-32. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Pass- Band Ripple Table 7-28. Linear Phase Decimation Filter Specifications PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.3 × fS –0.05 0.05 dB Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.473 × fS to 4 × fS 70.0 dB Frequency range is 4 × fS onwards 111.0 Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.3 × fS 11.9 1/fS PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

40 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.3.6.7.2 Low-Latency Filters

For applications where low latency with minimal phase deviation (within the audio band) is critical, the low- latency decimation filters on the PCM3140-Q1 can be used. The device supports these filters with a group delay of approximately seven samples with an almost linear phase response within the 0.365 × f S frequency band. This section provides the filter performance specifications and various plots for all supported output sampling rates for the low-latency filters. Figure 7-37 shows the magnitude response and Figure 7-38 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 16 kHz or 14.7 kHz. Table 7-31 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with a 16-kHz or 14.7-kHz sampling rate. Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 D002 Figure 7-37. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude Response Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) Phase Deviation from Linear (Degree) -0.5 -0.5 -0.4 -0.4 -0.3 -0.3 -0.2 -0.2 -0.1 -0.1 0 0 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 D002 Pass-Band Ripple Phase Deviation Figure 7-38. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass- Band Ripple and Phase Deviation Table 7-31. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.451 × fS –0.05 0.05 dB Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.61 × fS onwards 87.3 dB Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.363 × fS 7.6 1/fS Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.363 × fS –0.022 0.022 1/fS Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.363 × fS –0.21 0.25 Degrees PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

42 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-33. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.457 × fS –0.04 0.04 dB Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.6 × fS onwards 88.3 dB Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.368 × fS 8.7 1/fS Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.368 × fS –0.026 0.026 1/fS Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.368 × fS –0.26 0.31 Degrees Figure 7-43 shows the magnitude response and Figure 7-44 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 48 kHz or 44.1 kHz. Table 7-34 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with a 48-kHz or 44.1-kHz sampling rate. Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 D002 Figure 7-43. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude Response Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) Phase Deviation from Linear (Degree) -0.5 -0.5 -0.4 -0.4 -0.3 -0.3 -0.2 -0.2 -0.1 -0.1 0 0 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 D002 Pass-Band Ripple Phase Deviation Figure 7-44. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass- Band Ripple and Phase Deviation Table 7-34. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.452 × fS –0.015 0.015 dB Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.6 × fS onwards 86.4 dB Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × fS 7.7 1/fS Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × fS –0.027 0.027 1/fS Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × fS –0.25 0.30 Degrees PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

44 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-36. Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 463 × fS –0.03 0.03 dB Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.6 × fS onwards 85.6 dB Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × fS 7.7 1/fS Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × fS –0.027 0.027 1/fS Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.365 × fS –0.26 0.30 Degrees

7.3.6.7.3 Ultra-Low-Latency Filters

For applications where ultra-low latency (within the audio band) is critical, the ultra-low-latency decimation filters on the PCM3140-Q1 can be used. The device supports these filters with a group delay of approximately four samples with an almost linear phase response within the 0.325 × f S frequency band. This section provides the filter performance specifications and various plots for all supported output sampling rates for the ultra-low-latency filters. Figure 7-49 shows the magnitude response and Figure 7-50 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 16 kHz or 14.7 kHz. Table 7-37 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with a 16-kHz or 14.7-kHz sampling rate. Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 D003 Figure 7-49. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude Response Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) Phase Deviation from Linear (Degree) -0.5 -25 -0.4 -20 -0.3 -15 -0.2 -10 -0.1 -5 0 0 0.1 5 0.2 10 0.3 15 0.4 20 0.5 25 D003 Pass-Band Ripple Phase Deviation Figure 7-50. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band Ripple and Phase Deviation Table 7-37. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.45 × fS –0.05 0.05 dB Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.6 × fS onwards 87.2 dB Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS 4.3 1/fS Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS –0.512 0.512 1/fS Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS –10.0 14.2 Degrees PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

46 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-39. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.457 × fS –0.04 0.04 dB Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.6 × fS onwards 88.3 dB Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS 5.2 1/fS Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS –0.492 0.492 1/fS Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS –9.5 13.5 Degrees Figure 7-55 shows the magnitude response and Figure 7-56 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 48 kHz or 44.1 kHz. Table 7-40 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with a 48-kHz or 44.1-kHz sampling rate. Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 D003 Figure 7-55. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude Response Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) Phase Deviation from Linear (Degree) -0.5 -25 -0.4 -20 -0.3 -15 -0.2 -10 -0.1 -5 0 0 0.1 5 0.2 10 0.3 15 0.4 20 0.5 25 D003 Pass-Band Ripple Phase Deviation Figure 7-56. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band Ripple and Phase Deviation Table 7-40. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.452 × fS –0.015 0.015 dB Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.6 × fS onwards 86.4 dB Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS 4.1 1/fS Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS –0.525 0.525 1/fS Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.325 × fS –10.3 14.5 Degrees PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

48 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-42. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.463 × fS –0.03 0.03 dB Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.6 × fS onwards 85.6 dB Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.085 × fS 3.7 1/fS Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.085 × fS –0.024 0.024 1/fS Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.085 × fS –0.12 0.18 Degrees Figure 7-61 shows the magnitude response and Figure 7-62 shows the pass-band ripple and phase deviation for a decimation filter with a sampling rate of 384 kHz or 352.8 kHz. Table 7-43 lists the specifications for a decimation filter with a 384-kHz or 352.8-kHz sampling rate. Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 D002 Figure 7-61. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Magnitude Response Normalized Frequency (1/fS) Magnitude (dB) Phase Deviation from Linear (Degree) -0.5 -2 -0.4 -1.6 -0.3 -1.2 -0.2 -0.8 -0.1 -0.4 0 0 0.1 0.4 0.2 0.8 0.3 1.2 0.4 1.6 0.5 2 D002 Pass-Band Ripple Phase Deviation Figure 7-62. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Pass-Band Ripple and Phase Deviation Table 7-43. Ultra-Low-Latency Decimation Filter Specifications PARAMETER TEST CONDITIONS MIN TYP MAX UNIT Pass-band ripple Frequency range is 0 to 0.1 × fS –0.04 0.01 dB Stop-band attenuation Frequency range is 0.56 × fS onwards 70.1 dB Group delay or latency Frequency range is 0 to 0.157 × fS 4.1 1/fS Group delay deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.157 × fS –0.18 0.18 1/fS Phase deviation Frequency range is 0 to 0.157 × fS –0.85 2.07 Degrees PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

50 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.3.7 Automatic Gain Controller (AGC)

The device includes an automatic gain controller (AGC) for ADC recording. As shown in Figure 7-63 , the AGC can be used to maintain a nominally constant output level when recording speech. Instead of manually setting the channel gain in AGC mode, the circuitry automatically adjusts the channel gain when the input signal becomes overly loud or very weak, such as when a person speaking into a microphone moves closer to or farther from the microphone. The AGC algorithm has several programmable parameters, including target level, maximum gain allowed, attack and release (or decay) time constants, and noise thresholds that allow the algorithm to be fine-tuned for any particular application. Target Level Attack Time Decay Time Input Signal Output Signal AGC Gain Figure 7-63. AGC Characteristics The target level (AGC_LVL) represents the nominal approximate output level at which the AGC attempts to hold the ADC output signal level. The PCM3140-Q1 allows programming of different target levels, which can be programmed from –6 dB to –36 dB relative to a full-scale signal, and the AGC_LVL default value is set to –34 dB. The target level is recommended to be set with enough margin to prevent clipping when loud sounds occur. Table 7-44 lists the AGC target level configuration settings. Table 7-44. AGC Target Level Programmable Settings P0_R112_D[7:4] : AGC_LVL[3:0] AGC TARGET LEVEL FOR OUTPUT

0000 The AGC target level is the –6-dB output signal level

0001 The AGC target level is the –8-dB output signal level

0010 The AGC target level is the –10-dB output signal level

… … 1110 (default) The AGC target level is the –34-dB output signal level

1111 The AGC target level is the –36-dB output signal level

www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 51 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

The maximum gain allowed (AGC_MAXGAIN) gives flexibility to the designer to restrict the maximum gain applied by the AGC. This feature limits the channel gain in situations where environmental noise is greater than the programmed noise threshold. The AGC_MAXGAIN can be programmed from 3 dB to 42 dB with steps of 3 dB and the default value is set to 24 dB. Table 7-45 lists the AGC_MAXGAIN configuration settings. Table 7-45. AGC Maximum Gain Programmable Settings P0_R112_D[3:0] : AGC_MAXGAIN[3:0] AGC MAXIMUM GAIN ALLOWED

0000 The AGC maximum gain allowed is 3 dB

0001 The AGC maximum gain allowed is 6 dB

0010 The AGC maximum gain allowed is 9 dB

… … 0111 (default) The AGC maximum gain allowed is 24 dB … …

1110 The AGC maximum gain allowed is 39 dB

1111 The AGC maximum gain allowed is 42 dB

For further details on the AGC various configurable parameter and application use, see the Using the Automatic Gain Controller (AGC) in TLV320ADCx140 application report. PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

52 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.3.8 Digital PDM Microphone Record Channel

In addition to supporting analog microphones, the device also interfaces to digital pulse-density-modulation (PDM) microphones and uses high-order and high-performance decimation filters to generate pulse code modulation (PCM) output data that can be transmitted on the audio serial interface to the host. If analog microphones are not used in the system, then the analog input pins (INxP and INxM) can be repurposed as the GPIx and GPOx pins respectively and can be configured for the PDMDINx and PDMCLK clocks for digital PDM microphone recording. The device supports up to eight digital microphone recording channels. The device internally generates PCMCLK with a programmable frequency of either 6.144 MHz, 3.072 MHz, 1.536 MHz, or 768 kHz (for output data sample rates in multiples or submultiples of 48 kHz) or 5.6448 MHz, 2.8224 MHz, 1.4112 MHz, or 705.6 kHz (for output data sample rates in multiples or submultiples of 44.1 kHz) using the PDMCLK_DIV[1:0], P0_R31_D[1:0] register bits. PDMCLK can be routed on the GPOx pin. This clock can be connected to the external digital microphone device. Figure 7-64 shows a connection diagram of the digital PDM microphones. VDD Digital PDM Microphone DATA CLK GND VDD SEL Digital PDM Microphone DATA CLK GND VDD SEL VDD TLV320ADCx140 IOVDD VDD GPIx (PDMDINx) GPOx (PDMCLK) GND GND Figure 7-64. Digital PDM Microphones Connection Diagram to the PCM3140-Q1 The single-bit output of the external digital microphone device can be connected to the GPIx pin. This single data line can be shared by two digital microphones to place their data on the opposite edge of PDMCLK. Internally, the device latches the steady value of the data on the rising edge of PDMCLK or the falling edge of PDMCLK based on the configuration register bits set in P0_R32_D[7:4]. Figure 7-65 shows the digital PDM microphone interface timing diagram. D1[n] D2[n] D1[n+1] D2[n+1] D1[n+2] PDMCLK PDMDINx Mic-1 Data Mic-2 Data (n+1)th Sample nth Sample (n+2)th Sample Mic-1 Data Mic-2 Data Mic-1 Data Figure 7-65. Digital PDM Microphone Protocol Timing Diagram When the digital microphone is used for recording, the analog blocks of the respective ADC channel are powered down and bypassed for power efficiency. Use the CH1_INSRC[1:0] (P0_R60_D[6:5]), CH2_INSRC[1:0] (P0_R65_D[6:5]), CH3_INSRC[1:0] (P0_R70_D[6:5]), and CH4_INSRC[1:0] (P0_R75_D[6:5]) register bits to select the analog microphone or digital microphone for channel 1 to channel 4. www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 53 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.3.9 Interrupts, Status, and Digital I/O Pin Multiplexing

Certain events in the device may require host processor intervention and can be used to trigger interrupts to the host processor. One such event is an audio serial interface (ASI) bus error. The device powers down the record channels if any faults are detected with the ASI bus error clocks, such as:

• Invalid FSYNC frequency
• Invalid SBCLK to FSYNC ratio
• Long pauses of the SBCLK or FSYNC clocks When an ASI bus clock error is detected, the device shuts down the record channel as quickly as possible. After all ASI bus clock errors are resolved, the device volume ramps back to its previous state to recover the record channel. During an ASI bus clock error, the internal interrupt request (IRQ) interrupt signal asserts low if the clock error interrupt mask register bit INT_MASK0[7], P0_R51_D7 is set low. The clock fault is also available for readback in the latched fault status register bit INT_LTCH0, P0_R54, which is a read-only register. Reading the latched fault status register, INT_LTCH0, clears all latched fault status. The device can be additionally configured to route the internal IRQ interrupt signal on the GPIO1 or GPOx pins and also can be configured as open-drain outputs so that these pins can be wire-ANDed to the open-drain interrupt outputs of other devices. The IRQ interrupt signal can either be configured as active low or active high polarity by setting the INT_POL, P0_R50_D7 register bit. This signal can also be configured as a single pulse or a series of pulses by programming the INT_EVENT[1:0], P0_R50_D[6:5] register bits. If the interrupts are configured as a series of pulses, the events trigger the start of pulses that stop when the latched fault status register is read to determine the cause of the interrupt. The device also supports read-only live-status registers to determine if the channels are powered up or down and if the device is in sleep mode or not. These status registers are located in P0_R118, DEV_STS0 and P0_R119, DEV_STS1. The device has a multifunctional GPIO1 pin that can be configured for a desired specific function. Additionally, if the channel is not used for analog input recording, then the analog input pins for that channel (INxP and INxM) can be repurposed as multifunction pins (GPIx and GPOx) by configuring the CHx_INSRC[1:0] register bits located in the CHx_CFG0 register. The maximum number of GPO pins supported by the device is four and the maximum number of GPI pins are four. Table 7-46 shows all possible allocations of these multifunctional pins for the various features. Table 7-46. Multifunction Pin Assignments ROW Pin Function (4) GPIO1 GPO1 GPO2 GPO3 GPO4 GPI1 GPI2 GPI3 GPI4 — — GPIO1_CFG GPO1_CFG GPO2_CFG GPO3_CFG GPO4_CFG GPI1_CFG GPI2_CFG GPI3_CFG GPI4_CFG A Pin disabled S(1) S (default) S (default) S (default) S (default) S (default) S (default) S (default) S (default) B General-purpose output (GPO) S S S S S NS(2) NS NS NS C Interrupt output (IRQ) S (default) S S S S NS NS NS NS D Secondary ASI output (SDOUT2)(3) S S S S S NS NS NS NS E PDM clock output (PDMCLK) S S S S S NS NS NS NS F MiCBIAS on/off input (BIASEN) S NS NS NS NS NS NS NS NS G General-purpose input (GPI) S NS NS NS NS S S S S H Master clock input (MCLK) S NS NS NS NS S S S S I ASI daisy-chain input (SDIN) S NS NS NS NS S S S S J PDM data input 1 (PDMDIN1) S NS NS NS NS S S S S K PDM data input 2 (PDMDIN2) S NS NS NS NS S S S S L PDM data input 3 (PDMDIN3) S NS NS NS NS S S S S M PDM data input 4 (PDMDIN4) S NS NS NS NS S S S S (1) S means the feature mentioned in this row is supported for the respective GPIO1, GPOx, or GPIx pin mentioned in this column. PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

54 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

(2) NS means the feature mentioned in this row is not supported for the respective GPIO1, GPOx, or GPIx pin mentioned in this column. (3) For the high-speed ASI output, GPIO1 must be used instead of GPOx for the secondary ASI output. GPOx can be used only if the bus speed requirement is less than 6.144 MHz. (4) Only the GPIO1 pin is with reference to the IOVDD supply, the other GPOx and GPIx pins are with reference to the AVDD supply and their primary pin functions are for the PDMCLK or PDMDIN function. Each GPOx or GPIOx pin can be independently set for the desired drive configurations setting using the GPOx_DRV[3:0] or GPIO1_DRV[3:0] register bits. Table 7-47 lists the drive configuration settings. Table 7-47. GPIO or GPOx Pins Drive Configuration Settings P0_R33_D[3:0] : GPIO1_DRV[3:0] GPIO OUTPUT DRIVE CONFIGURATION SETTINGS FOR GPIO1

000 The GPIO1 pin is set to high impedance (floated)

001 The GPIO1 pin is set to be driven active low or active high

010 (default) The GPIO1 pin is set to be driven active low or weak high (on-chip pullup)

011 The GPIO1 pin is set to be driven active low or Hi-Z (floated)

100 The GPIO1 pin is set to be driven weak low (on-chip pulldown) or active high

101 The GPIO1 pin is set to be driven Hi-Z (floated) or active high

110 and 111 Reserved (do not use these settings) Similarly, the GPO1 to GPO4 pins can be configured using the GPO1_DRV(P0_R34) to GPO4_DRV(P0_R37) register bits, respectively. When configured as a general-purpose output (GPO), the GPIO1 or GPOx pin values can be driven by writing the GPIO_VAL or GPOx_VAL, P0_R41 registers. The GPIO_MON, P0_R42 register can be used to readback the status of the GPIO1 pin when configured as a general-purpose input (GPI). Similarly, the GPI_MON, P0_R47 register can be used to readback the status of the GPIx pins when configured as a general-purpose input (GPI). www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 55 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.4 Device Functional Modes

7.4.1 Hardware Shutdown

The device enters hardware shutdown mode when the SHDNZ pin is asserted low or the AVDD supply voltage is not applied to the device. In hardware shutdown mode, the device consumes the minimum quiescent current from the AVDD supply. All configuration registers and programmable coefficients lose their value in this mode, and I2C or SPI communication to the device is not supported. If the SHDNZ pin is asserted low when the device is in active mode, the device ramps down volume on the record data, powers down the analog and digital blocks, and puts the device into hardware shutdown mode in 25 ms (typical). The device can also be immediately put into hardware shutdown mode from active mode if the SHDNZ_CFG[1:0], P0_R5_D[3:2], register bits are set to 2'b00. After the SHDNZ pin is asserted low, and after the device enters hardware shutdown mode, keep the SHDNZ pin low for at least 1 ms before releasing SHDNZ for further device operation. Assert the SHDNZ pin high only when the IOVDD supply settles to a steady voltage level. When the SHDNZ pin goes high, the device sets all configuration registers and programmable coefficients to their default values, and then enters sleep mode.

7.4.2 Sleep Mode or Software Shutdown

In sleep mode or software shutdown mode, the device consumes very low quiescent current from the AVDD supply and, at the same time, allows the I2C or SPI communication to wake the device for active operation. The device can also enter sleep mode when the host device sets the SLEEP_ENZ, P0_R2_D0 bit to 1'b0. If the SLEEP_ENZ bit is asserted low when the device is in active mode, the device ramps down the volume on the record data, powers down the analog and digital blocks, and enters sleep mode. However, the device still continues to retain the last programmed value of the device configuration registers and programmable coefficients. In sleep mode, do not perform any I 2C or SPI transactions, except for exiting sleep mode in order to enter active mode. After entering sleep mode, wait at least 10 ms before starting I2C or SPI transactions to exit sleep mode. While exiting sleep mode, the host device must configure the PCM3140-Q1 to use either an external 1.8-V AREG supply (default setting) or an on-chip-regulator-generated AREG supply. To configure the AREG supply, write to AREG_SELECT, bit D7 in the same P0_R2 register.

7.4.3 Active Mode

If the host device exits sleep mode by setting the SLEEP_ENZ bit to 1'b1, the device enters active mode. In active mode, I 2C or SPI transactions can be done to configure and power-up the device for active operation. After entering active mode, wait at least 1 ms before starting any I 2C or SPI transactions in order to allow the device to complete the internal wake-up sequence. After configuring all other registers for the target application and system settings, configure the input and output channel enable registers, P0_R115 (IN_CH_EN) and P0_R116 (ASI_OUT_CH_EN), respectively. Lastly, configure the device power-up register, P0_R117 (PWR_CFG). All the programmable coefficient values must be written before powering up the respective channel. In active mode, the power-up and power-down status of various blocks is monitored by reading the read-only device status bits located in the P0_R117 (DEV_STS0) and P0_R118 (DEV_STS1) registers.

7.4.4 Software Reset

A software reset can be done any time by asserting the SW_RESET bit, P0_R1_D0, which is a self-clearing bit. This software reset immediately shuts down the device, and restores all device configuration registers and programmable coefficients to their default values. PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

56 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.5 Programming

The device contains configuration registers and programmable coefficients that can be set to the desired values for a specific system and application use. These registers are called device control registers and are each eight bits in width, mapped using a page scheme. Each page contains 128 configuration registers. All device configuration registers are stored in page 0, which is the default page setting at power up and after a software reset. All programmable coefficient registers are located in page 2, page 3, and page 4. The current page of the device can be switched to a new desired page by using the PAGE[7:0] bits located in register 0 of every page.

7.5.1 Control Serial Interfaces

The device control registers can be accessed using either I2C or SPI communication to the device. By monitoring the SDA_SSZ, SCL_MOSI, ADDR0_SCLK, and ADDR1_MISO device pins, which are the multiplexed pins for the I 2C or SPI Interface, the device automatically detects whether the host device is using I2C or SPI communication to configure the device. For a given end application, the host device must always use either the I2C or SPI interface, but not both, to configure the device.

7.5.1.1 I2C Control Interface

The device supports the I 2C control protocol as a target device, and is capable of operating in standard mode, fast mode, and fast mode plus. The I 2C control protocol requires a 7-bit target address. The five most significant bits (MSBs) of the target address are fixed at 10011 and cannot be changed. The two least significant bits (LSBs) are programmable and are controlled by the ADDR0_SCLK and ADDR1_MISO pins. These two pins must always be either pulled to VSS or IOVDD. If the I2C_BRDCAST_EN (P0_R2_D2) bit is set to 1'b1, then the I2C target address is fixed to 1001100 in order to allow simultaneous I 2C broadcast communication to all PCM3140-Q1 devices in the system. Table 7-48 lists the four possible device addresses resulting from this configuration. Table 7-48. I2C Target Address Settings ADDR1_MISO ADDR0_SCLK I2C_BRDCAST_EN (P0_R2_D2) I2C TARGET ADDRESS 0 0 0 (default) 1001 100 0 1 0 (default) 1001 101 1 0 0 (default) 1001 110 1 1 0 (default) 1001 111 X X 1 1001 100

7.5.1.1.1 General I2C Operation

The I 2C bus employs two signals, SDA (data) and SCL (clock), to communicate between integrated circuits in a system using serial data transmission. The address and data 8-bit bytes are transferred MSB first. In addition, each byte transferred on the bus is acknowledged by the receiving device with an acknowledge bit. Each transfer operation begins with the controller device driving a start condition on the bus and ends with the controller device driving a stop condition on the bus. The bus uses transitions on the data pin (SDA) while the clock is at logic high to indicate start and stop conditions. A high-to-low transition on SDA indicates a start, and a low-to-high transition indicates a stop. Normal data-bit transitions must occur within the low time of the clock period. The controller device drives a start condition followed by the 7-bit target address and the read/write (R/W) bit to open communication with another device and then waits for an acknowledgment condition. The target device holds SDA low during the acknowledge clock period to indicate acknowledgment. When this occurs, the controller device transmits the next byte of the sequence. Each target device is addressed by a unique 7-bit target address plus the R/W bit (1 byte). All compatible devices share the same signals via a bidirectional bus using a wired-AND connection. www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 57 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

There is no limit on the number of bytes that can be transmitted between start and stop conditions. When the last word transfers, the controller device generates a stop condition to release the bus. Figure 7-66 shows a generic data transfer sequence. Register□(N) 8-□Bit□Data□for 8-□Bit□Data□for Register□(N+1) Figure 7-66. Typical I2C Sequence In the system, use external pullup resistors for the SDA and SCL signals to set the logic high level for the bus. The SDA and SCL voltages must not exceed the device supply voltage, IOVDD.

7.5.1.1.2 I2C Single-Byte and Multiple-Byte Transfers

The device I 2C interface supports both single-byte and multiple-byte read/write operations for all registers. During multiple-byte read operations, the device responds with data, a byte at a time, starting at the register assigned, as long as the controller device continues to respond with acknowledges. The device supports sequential I 2C addressing. For write transactions, if a register is issued followed by data for that register and all the remaining registers that follow, a sequential I 2C write transaction takes place. For I2C sequential write transactions, the register issued then serves as the starting point, and the amount of data subsequently transmitted, before a stop or start is transmitted, determines how many registers are written. As shown in Figure 7-67, a single-byte data write transfer begins with the controller device transmitting a start condition followed by the I 2C device address and the read/write bit. The read/write bit determines the direction of the data transfer. For a write-data transfer, the read/write bit must be set to 0. After receiving the correct I 2C target address and the read/write bit, the device responds with an acknowledge bit (ACK). Next, the controller device transmits the register byte corresponding to the device internal register address being accessed. After receiving the register byte, the device again responds with an acknowledge bit (ACK). Then, the controller transmits the byte of data to be written to the specified register. When finished, the target device responds with an acknowledge bit (ACK). Finally, the controller device transmits a stop condition to complete the single-byte data write transfer. A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 R/W ACK A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 ACK D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 ACK Start Condition Stop Condition Acknowledge Acknowledge Acknowledge I2C□Device□Address□and Read/Write□Bit Register Data□□Byte Figure 7-67. I2C Single-Byte Write Transfer PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

58 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

As shown in Figure 7-68, a multiple-byte data write transfer is identical to a single-byte data write transfer except that multiple data bytes are transmitted by the controller device to the target device. After receiving each data byte, the device responds with an acknowledge bit (ACK). Finally, the controller device transmits a stop condition after the last data-byte write transfer. Register Figure 7-68. I2C Multiple-Byte Write Transfer As shown in Figure 7-69, a single-byte data read transfer begins with the controller device transmitting a start condition followed by the I 2C target address and the read/write bit. For the data read transfer, both a write followed by a read are done. Initially, a write is done to transfer the address byte of the internal register address to be read. As a result, the read/write bit is set to 0. After receiving the target address and the read/write bit, the device responds with an acknowledge bit (ACK). The controller device then sends the internal register address byte, after which the device issues an acknowledge bit (ACK). The controller device transmits another start condition followed by the target address and the read/write bit again. This time, the read/write bit is set to 1, indicating a read transfer. Next, the device transmits the data byte from the register address being read. After receiving the data byte, the controller device transmits a not-acknowledge (NACK) followed by a stop condition to complete the single-byte data read transfer. A6 A5 A0 R/W ACK A7 A6 A5 A4 A0 ACK A6 A5 A0 ACK Start Condition Stop Condition Acknowledge Acknowledge Acknowledge I2C□Device□Address□and Read/Write□Bit Register Data□Byte D7 D6 D1 D0 ACK I2C□Device□Address□and Read/Write□Bit Not Acknowledge R/WA1 A1 Repeat□Start Condition Figure 7-69. I2C Single-Byte Read Transfer As shown in Figure 7-70, a multiple-byte data read transfer is identical to a single-byte data read transfer except that multiple data bytes are transmitted by the device to the controller device. With the exception of the last data byte, the controller device responds with an acknowledge bit after receiving each data byte. After receiving the last data byte, the controller device transmits a not-acknowledge (NACK) followed by a stop condition to complete the data read transfer. A6 A0 ACK Acknowledge I2C□Device□Address□and Read/Write□Bit R/WA6 A0 R/W ACK A0 ACK D7 D0 ACK Start Condition Stop Condition Acknowledge Acknowledge Acknowledge Last□Data□Byte ACK First□Data□Byte Repeat□Start Condition Not Acknowledge I2C□Device□Address□and Read/Write□Bit Register Other□Data□Bytes A7 A6 A5 D7 D0 ACK Acknowledge D7 D0 Figure 7-70. I2C Multiple-Byte Read Transfer www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 59 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.5.1.2 SPI Control Interface

The general SPI protocol allows full-duplex, synchronous, serial communication between a host processor (the controller) and peripheral devices (targets). The SPI controller (in this case, the host processor) generates the synchronizing clock (driven onto SCLK) and initiates transmissions by taking the target-select pin SSZ from high to low. The SPI target devices (such as the PCM3140-Q1) depend on a controller to start and synchronize transmissions. A transmission begins when initiated by an SPI controller. The byte from the SPI controller begins shifting in on the target MOSI pin under the control of the controller serial clock (driven onto SCLK). When the byte shifts in on the MOSI pin, a byte shifts out on the MISO pin to the controller shift register. The PCM3140-Q1 supports a standard SPI control protocol with a clock polarity setting of 0 (typical microprocessor SPI control bit CPOL = 0) and a clock phase setting of 1 (typical microprocessor SPI control bit CPHA = 1). The SSZ pin can remain low between transmissions; however, the device only interprets the first eight bits transmitted after the falling edge of SSZ as a command byte, and the next eight bits as a data byte only if writing to a register. The device is entirely controlled by registers. Reading and writing these registers is accomplished by an 8-bit command sent to the MOSI pin prior to the data for that register. Table 7-49 shows the command structure. The first seven bits specify the address of the register that is being written or read, from 0 to 127 (decimal). The command word ends with an R/W bit, which specifies the direction of data flow on the serial bus. In the case of a register write, set the R/W bit to 0. A second byte of data is sent to the MOSI pin and contains the data to be written to the register. A register read is accomplished in a similar fashion. The 8-bit command word sends the 7-bit register address, followed by the R/W bit equal to 1 to signify a register read. The 8-bit register data is then clocked out of the device on the MISO pin during the second eight SCLK clocks in the frame. The device supports sequential SPI addressing for a multiple-byte data write/read transfer until the SSZ pin is pulled high. A multiple-byte data write or read transfer is identical to a single-byte data write or read transfer, respectively, until all data byte transfers complete. The host device must keep the SSZ pin low during all data byte transfers. Figure 7-71 shows the single-byte write transfer and Figure 7-72 shows the single-byte read transfer. Table 7-49. SPI Command Word BIT 7 BIT 6 BIT 5 BIT 4 BIT 3 BIT 2 BIT 1 BIT 0 ADDR(6) ADDR(5) ADDR(4) ADDR(3) ADDR(2) ADDR(1) ADDR(0) R/WZ RA(6) RA(5) RA(0) D(7) D(6) D(0) 7-bit□Register Address Write 8-bit□Register□Data SS SCLK MOSI MISO Hi-Z Hi-Z Hi-Z Hi-Z Figure 7-71. SPI Single-Byte Write Transfer PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

60 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

RA(6) RA(5) RA(0) Don’t□Care 7-bit□Register Address Read 8-bit□Register□Data SS SCLK MOSI MISO Hi-Z Hi-Z D(7) D(6) D(0)Hi-Z Hi-Z Figure 7-72. SPI Single-Byte Read Transfer

7.6 Register Maps

This section describes the control registers for the device in detail. All these registers are eight bits in width and allocated to device configuration and programmable coefficients settings. These registers are mapped internally using a page scheme that can be controlled using either I 2C or SPI communication to the device. Each page contains 128 bytes of registers. All device configuration registers are stored in page 0, which is the default page setting at power up (and after a software reset). All programmable coefficient registers are located in page 2, page 3, and page 4. The device current page can be switch to a new desired page by using the PAGE[7:0] bits located in register 0 of every page. Do not read from or write to reserved pages or reserved registers. Write only default values for the reserved bits in the valid registers. The procedure for register access across pages is:

• Select page N (write data N to register 0 regardless of the current page number)
• Read or write data from or to valid registers in page N
• Select the new page M (write data M to register 0 regardless of the current page number)
• Read or write data from or to valid registers in page M
• Repeat as needed

7.6.1 Device Configuration Registers

This section describes the device configuration registers for page 0. Table 7-50. Register Summary Table, Page = 0x00 ADDRESS REGISTER DESCRIPTION SECTION 0x00 PAGE_CFG Device page register PAGE_CFG Register (P0_R0) 0x01 SW_RESET Software reset register SW_RESET Register (P0_R1) 0x02 SLEEP_CFG Sleep mode register SLEEP_CFG Register (P0_R2) 0x05 SHDN_CFG Shutdown configuration register SHDN_CFG Register (P0_R5) 0x07 ASI_CFG0 ASI configuration register 0 ASI_CFG0 Register (P0_R7) 0x08 ASI_CFG1 ASI configuration register 1 ASI_CFG1 Register (P0_R8) 0x09 ASI_CFG2 ASI configuration register 2 ASI_CFG2 Register (P0_R9) 0x0B ASI_CH1 Channel 1 ASI slot configuration register ASI_CH1 Register (P0_R11) 0x0C ASI_CH2 Channel 2 ASI slot configuration register ASI_CH2 Register (P0_R12) 0x0D ASI_CH3 Channel 3 ASI slot configuration register ASI_CH3 Register (P0_R13) 0x0E ASI_CH4 Channel 4 ASI slot configuration register ASI_CH4 Register (P0_R14) 0x0F ASI_CH5 Channel 5 ASI slot configuration register ASI_CH5 Register (P0_R15) 0x10 ASI_CH6 Channel 6 ASI slot configuration register ASI_CH6 Register (P0_R16) www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 61 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-50. Register Summary Table, Page = 0x00 (continued) ADDRESS REGISTER DESCRIPTION SECTION 0x11 ASI_CH7 Channel 7 ASI slot configuration register ASI_CH7 Register (P0_R17) 0x12 ASI_CH8 Channel 8 ASI slot configuration register ASI_CH8 Register (P0_R18) 0x13 MST_CFG0 ASI master mode configuration register 0 MST_CFG0 Register (P0_R19) 0x14 MST_CFG1 ASI master mode configuration register 1 MST_CFG1 Register (P0_R20) 0x15 ASI_STS ASI bus clock monitor status register ASI_STS Register (P0_R21) 0x16 CLK_SRC Clock source configuration register 0 CLK_SRC Register (P0_R22) 0x1F PDMCLK_CFG PDM clock generation configuration register PDMCLK_CFG Register (P0_R31) 0x20 PDMIN_CFG PDM DINx sampling edge register PDMIN_CFG Register (P0_R32) 0x21 GPIO_CFG0 GPIO configuration register 0 GPIO_CFG0 Register (P0_R33) 0x22 GPO_CFG0 GPO configuration register 0 GPO_CFG0 Register (P0_R34) 0x23 GPO_CFG1 GPO configuration register 1 GPO_CFG1 Register (P0_R35) 0x24 GPO_CFG2 GPO configuration register 2 GPO_CFG2 Register (P0_R36) 0x25 GPO_CFG3 GPO configuration register 3 GPO_CFG3 Register (P0_R37) 0x29 GPO_VAL GPIO, GPO output value register GPO_VAL Register (P0_R41) 0x2A GPIO_MON GPIO monitor value register GPIO_MON Register (P0_R42) 0x2B GPI_CFG0 GPI configuration register 0 GPI_CFG0 Register (P0_R43) 0x2C GPI_CFG1 GPI configuration register 1 GPI_CFG1 Register (P0_R44) 0x2F GPI_MON GPI monitor value register GPI_MON Register (P0_R47) 0x32 INT_CFG Interrupt configuration register INT_CFG Register (P0_R50) 0x33 INT_MASK0 Interrupt mask register 0 INT_MASK0 Register (P0_R51) 0x36 INT_LTCH0 Latched interrupt readback register 0 INT_LTCH0 Register (P0_R54) 0x3B BIAS_CFG Bias and ADC configuration register BIAS_CFG Register (P0_R59) 0x3C CH1_CFG0 Channel 1 configuration register 0 CH1_CFG0 Register (P0_R60) 0x3D CH1_CFG1 Channel 1 configuration register 1 CH1_CFG1 Register (P0_R61) 0x3E CH1_CFG2 Channel 1 configuration register 2 CH1_CFG2 Register (P0_R62) 0x3F CH1_CFG3 Channel 1 configuration register 3 CH1_CFG3 Register (P0_R63) 0x40 CH1_CFG4 Channel 1 configuration register 4 CH1_CFG4 Register (P0_R64) 0x41 CH2_CFG0 Channel 2 configuration register 0 CH2_CFG0 Register (P0_R65) 0x42 CH2_CFG1 Channel 2 configuration register 1 CH2_CFG1 Register (P0_R66) 0x43 CH2_CFG2 Channel 2 configuration register 2 CH2_CFG2 Register (P0_R67) 0x44 CH2_CFG3 Channel 2 configuration register 3 CH2_CFG3 Register (P0_R68) 0x45 CH2_CFG4 Channel 2 configuration register 4 CH2_CFG4 Register (P0_R69) 0x46 CH3_CFG0 Channel 3 configuration register 0 CH3_CFG0 Register (P0_R70) 0x47 CH3_CFG1 Channel 3 configuration register 1 CH3_CFG1 Register (P0_R71) 0x48 CH3_CFG2 Channel 3 configuration register 2 CH3_CFG2 Register (P0_R72) 0x49 CH3_CFG3 Channel 3 configuration register 3 CH3_CFG3 Register (P0_R73) 0x4A CH3_CFG4 Channel 3 configuration register 4 CH3_CFG4 Register (P0_R74) 0x4B CH4_CFG0 Channel 4 configuration register 0 CH4_CFG0 Register (P0_R75) PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

62 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-50. Register Summary Table, Page = 0x00 (continued) ADDRESS REGISTER DESCRIPTION SECTION 0x4C CH4_CFG1 Channel 4 configuration register 1 CH4_CFG1 Register (P0_R76) 0x4D CH4_CFG2 Channel 4 configuration register 2 CH4_CFG2 Register (P0_R77) 0x4E CH4_CFG3 Channel 4 configuration register 3 CH4_CFG3 Register (P0_R78) 0x4F CH4_CFG4 Channel 4 configuration register 4 CH4_CFG4 Register (P0_R79) 0x52 CH5_CFG2 Channel 5 (PDM only) configuration register 2 CH5_CFG2 Register (P0_R82) 0x53 CH5_CFG3 Channel 5 (PDM only) configuration register 3 CH5_CFG3 Register (P0_R83) 0x54 CH5_CFG4 Channel 5 (PDM only) configuration register 4 CH5_CFG4 Register (P0_R84) 0x57 CH6_CFG2 Channel 6 (PDM only) configuration register 2 CH6_CFG2 Register (P0_R87) 0x58 CH6_CFG3 Channel 6 (PDM only) configuration register 3 CH6_CFG3 Register (P0_R88) 0x59 CH6_CFG4 Channel 6 (PDM only) configuration register 4 CH6_CFG4 Register (P0_R89) 0x5C CH7_CFG2 Channel 7 (PDM only) configuration register 2 CH7_CFG2 Register (P0_R92) 0x5D CH7_CFG3 Channel 7 (PDM only) configuration register 3 CH7_CFG3 Register (P0_R93) 0x5E CH7_CFG4 Channel 7 (PDM only) configuration register 4 CH7_CFG4 Register (P0_R94) 0x61 CH8_CFG2 Channel 8 (PDM only) configuration register 2 CH8_CFG2 Register (P0_R97) 0x62 CH8_CFG3 Channel 8 (PDM only) configuration register 3 CH8_CFG3 Register (P0_R98) 0x63 CH8_CFG4 Channel 8 (PDM only) configuration register 4 CH8_CFG4 Register (P0_R99) 0x6B DSP_CFG0 DSP configuration register 0 DSP_CFG0 Register (P0_R107) 0x6C DSP_CFG1 DSP configuration register 1 DSP_CFG1 Register (P0_R108) 0x70 AGC_CFG0 AGC configuration register 0 AGC_CFG0 Register (P0_R112) 0x73 IN_CH_EN Input channel enable configuration register IN_CH_EN Register (P0_R115) 0x74 ASI_OUT_CH_EN ASI output channel enable configuration register ASI_OUT_CH_EN Register (P0_R116) 0x75 PWR_CFG Power up configuration register PWR_CFG Register (P0_R117) 0x76 DEV_STS0 Device status value register 0 DEV_STS0 Register (P0_R118) 0x77 DEV_STS1 Device status value register 1 DEV_STS1 Register (P0_R119) 0x7E I2C_CKSUM I2C checksum register I2C_CKSUM Register (P0_R126) Table 7-51 lists the access codes used for the PCM3140-Q1 registers. Table 7-51. PCM3140-Q1 Access Type Codes Access Type Code Description Read Type R R Read R-W R/W Read or write Write Type W W Write Reset or Default Value -n Value after reset or the default value

7.6.1.1 Register Descriptions

7.6.1.1.1 PAGE_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x00) [reset = 0h]

The device memory map is divided into pages. This register sets the page. www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 63 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Figure 7-73. PAGE_CFG Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PAGE[7:0] R/W-0h Table 7-52. PAGE_CFG Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 PAGE[7:0] R/W 0h These bits set the device page. 0d = Page 0 1d = Page 1 ... 255d = Page 255

7.6.1.1.2 SW_RESET Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x01) [reset = 0h]

This register is the software reset register. Asserting a software reset places all register values in their default power-on-reset (POR) state. Figure 7-74. SW_RESET Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved SW_RESET R-0h R/W-0h Table 7-53. SW_RESET Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-1 Reserved R 0h Reserved 0 SW_RESET R/W 0h Software reset. This bit is self clearing. 0d = Do not reset 1d = Reset PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

64 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.6.1.1.3 SLEEP_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x02) [reset = 0h]

This register configures the regulator, VREF quick charge, I2C broadcast and sleep mode. Figure 7-75. SLEEP_CFG Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 AREG_ SELECT Reserved VREF_QCHG[1:0] I2C_BRDCAST _EN Reserved SLEEP_ENZ R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R-0h R/W-0h Table 7-54. SLEEP_CFG Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description

7 AREG_SELECT R/W 0h The analog supply selection from either the internal regulator supply or the

external AREG supply. 0d = External 1.8-V AREG supply (use this setting when AVDD is 1.8 V and short AREG with AVDD) 1d = Internally generated 1.8-V AREG supply using an on-chip regulator (use this setting when AVDD is 3.3 V) 6-5 Reserved R/W 0h Reserved 4-3 VREF_QCHG[1:0] R/W 0h The duration of the quick-charge for the VREF external capacitor is set using an internal series impedance of 200 Ω. 0d = VREF quick-charge duration of 3.5 ms (typical) 1d = VREF quick-charge duration of 10 ms (typical) 2d = VREF quick-charge duration of 50 ms (typical) 3d = VREF quick-charge duration of 100 ms (typical) 2 I2C_BRDCAST_EN R/W 0h I2C broadcast addressing setting. 0d = I2C broadcast mode disabled; the I2C slave address is determined based on the ADDR pins 1d = I2C broadcast mode enabled; the I2C slave address is fixed at 1001 100

1 Reserved R 0h Reserved

0 SLEEP_ENZ R/W 0h Sleep mode setting. 0d = Device is in sleep mode 1d = Device is not in sleep mode

7.6.1.1.4 SHDN_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x05) [reset = 5h]

This register configures the device shutdown Figure 7-76. SHDN_CFG Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved INCAP_QCHG[1:0] SHDNZ_CFG[1:0] DREG_KA_TIME[1:0] R-0h R/W-0h R/W-1h R/W-1h Table 7-55. SHDN_CFG Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-6 Reserved R 0h Reserved 5-4 INCAP_QCHG[1:0] R/W 0h The duratiion of the quick-charge for the external AC-coupling capacitor is set using an internal series impedance of 800 Ω. 0d = INxP, INxM quick-charge duration of 2.5 ms (typical) 1d = INxP, INxM quick-charge duration of 12.5 ms (typical) 2d = INxP, INxM quick-charge duration of 25 ms (typical) 3d = INxP, INxM quick-charge duration of 50 ms (typical) 3-2 SHDNZ_CFG[1:0] R/W 1h Shutdown configuration. 0d = DREG is powered down immediately after SHDNZ asserts 1d = DREG remains active to enable a clean shut down until a time-out is reached; after the time-out period, DREG is forced to power off 2d = DREG remains active until the device cleanly shuts down 3d = Reserved www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 65 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-55. SHDN_CFG Register Field Descriptions (continued) Bit Field Type Reset Description 1-0 DREG_KA_TIME[1:0] R/W 1h These bits set how long DREG remains active after SHDNZ asserts. 0d = DREG remains active for 30 ms (typical) 1d = DREG remains active for 25 ms (typical) 2d = DREG remains active for 10 ms (typical) 3d = DREG remains active for 5 ms (typical)

7.6.1.1.5 ASI_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x07) [reset = 30h]

This register is the ASI configuration register 0. Figure 7-77. ASI_CFG0 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 ASI_FORMAT[1:0] ASI_WLEN[1:0] FSYNC_POL BCLK_POL TX_EDGE TX_FILL R/W-0h R/W-3h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h Table 7-56. ASI_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-6 ASI_FORMAT[1:0] R/W 0h ASI protocol format. 0d = TDM mode 1d = I2S mode 2d = LJ (left-justified) mode 3d = Reserved 5-4 ASI_WLEN[1:0] R/W 3h ASI word or slot length. 0d = 16 bits 1d = 20 bits 2d = 24 bits 3d = 32 bits 3 FSYNC_POL R/W 0h ASI FSYNC polarity. 0d = Default polarity as per standard protocol 1d = Inverted polarity with respect to standard protocol 2 BCLK_POL R/W 0h ASI BCLK polarity. 0d = Default polarity as per standard protocol 1d = Inverted polarity with respect to standard protocol 1 TX_EDGE R/W 0h ASI data output (on the primary and secondary data pin) transmit edge. 0d = Default edge as per the protocol configuration setting in bit 2 (BCLK_POL) 1d = Inverted following edge (half cycle delay) with respect to the default edge setting

0 TX_FILL R/W 0h ASI data output (on the primary and secondary data pin) for any unused cycles

0d = Always transmit 0 for unused cycles 1d = Always use Hi-Z for unused cycles

7.6.1.1.6 ASI_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x08) [reset = 0h]

This register is the ASI configuration register 1. Figure 7-78. ASI_CFG1 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TX_LSB TX_KEEPER[1:0] TX_OFFSET[4:0] R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h Table 7-57. ASI_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description

7 TX_LSB R/W 0h ASI data output (on the primary and secondary data pin) for LSB

transmissions. 0d = Transmit the LSB for a full cycle 1d = Transmit the LSB for the first half cycle and Hi-Z for the second half cycle PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

66 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-57. ASI_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions (continued) Bit Field Type Reset Description 6-5 TX_KEEPER[1:0] R/W 0h ASI data output (on the primary and secondary data pin) bus keeper. 0d = Bus keeper is always disabled 1d = Bus keeper is always enabled 2d = Bus keeper is enabled during LSB transmissions only for one cycle 3d = Bus keeper is enabled during LSB transmissions only for one and half cycles 4-0 TX_OFFSET[4:0] R/W 0h ASI data MSB slot 0 offset (on the primary and secondary data pin). 0d = ASI data MSB location has no offset and is as per standard protocol 1d = ASI data MSB location (TDM mode is slot 0 or I2S, LJ mode is the left and right slot 0) offset of one BCLK cycle with respect to standard protocol 2d = ASI data MSB location (TDM mode is slot 0 or I2S, LJ mode is the left and right slot 0) offset of two BCLK cycles with respect to standard protocol 3d to 30d = ASI data MSB location (TDM mode is slot 0 or I2S, LJ mode is the left and right slot 0) offset assigned as per configuration 31d = ASI data MSB location (TDM mode is slot 0 or I2S, LJ mode is the left and right slot 0) offset of 31 BCLK cycles with respect to standard protocol

7.6.1.1.7 ASI_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x09) [reset = 0h]

This register is the ASI configuration register 2. Figure 7-79. ASI_CFG2 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 ASI_DAISY Reserved ASI_ERR ASI_ERR_ RCOV Reserved R/W-0h R-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R-0h Table 7-58. ASI_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 ASI_DAISY R/W 0h ASI daisy chain connection. 0d = All devices are connected in the common ASI bus 1d = All devices are daisy-chained for the ASI bus

6 Reserved R 0h Reserved

5 ASI_ERR R/W 0h ASI bus error detection. 0d = Enable bus error detection 1d = Disable bus error detection 4 ASI_ERR_RCOV R/W 0h ASI bus error auto resume. 0d = Enable auto resume after bus error recovery 1d = Disable auto resume after bus error recovery and remain powered down until the host configures the device 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved

7.6.1.1.8 ASI_CH1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x0B) [reset = 0h]

This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 1. Figure 7-80. ASI_CH1 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved CH1_OUTPUT CH1_SLOT[5:0] R-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h Table 7-59. ASI_CH1 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description

7 Reserved R 0h Reserved

6 CH1_OUTPUT R/W 0h Channel 1 output line. 0d = Channel 1 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT) 1d = Channel 1 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx) www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 67 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-59. ASI_CH1 Register Field Descriptions (continued) Bit Field Type Reset Description 5-0 CH1_SLOT[5:0] R/W 0h Channel 1 slot assignment. 0d = TDM is slot 0 or I2S, LJ is left slot 0 1d = TDM is slot 1 or I2S, LJ is left slot 1 2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration 31d = TDM is slot 31 or I2S, LJ is left slot 31 32d = TDM is slot 32 or I2S, LJ is right slot 0 33d = TDM is slot 33 or I2S, LJ is right slot 1 34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration 63d = TDM is slot 63 or I2S, LJ is right slot 31

7.6.1.1.9 ASI_CH2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x0C) [reset = 1h]

This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 2. Figure 7-81. ASI_CH2 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved CH2_OUTPUT CH2_SLOT[5:0] R-0h R/W-0h R/W-1h Table 7-60. ASI_CH2 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 6 CH2_OUTPUT R/W 0h Channel 2 output line. 0d = Channel 2 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT) 1d = Channel 2 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx) 5-0 CH2_SLOT[5:0] R/W 1h Channel 2 slot assignment. 0d = TDM is slot 0 or I2S, LJ is left slot 0 1d = TDM is slot 1 or I2S, LJ is left slot 1 2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration 31d = TDM is slot 31 or I2S, LJ is left slot 31 32d = TDM is slot 32 or I2S, LJ is right slot 0 33d = TDM is slot 33 or I2S, LJ is right slot 1 34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration 63d = TDM is slot 63 or I2S, LJ is right slot 31

7.6.1.1.10 ASI_CH3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x0D) [reset = 2h]

This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 3. Figure 7-82. ASI_CH3 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved CH3_OUTPUT CH3_SLOT[5:0] R-0h R/W-0h R/W-2h Table 7-61. ASI_CH3 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 6 CH3_OUTPUT R/W 0h Channel 3 output line. 0d = Channel 3 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT) 1d = Channel 3 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx) PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

68 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-61. ASI_CH3 Register Field Descriptions (continued) Bit Field Type Reset Description 5-0 CH3_SLOT[5:0] R/W 2h Channel 3 slot assignment. 0d = TDM is slot 0 or I2S, LJ is left slot 0 1d = TDM is slot 1 or I2S, LJ is left slot 1 2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration 31d = TDM is slot 31 or I2S, LJ is left slot 31 32d = TDM is slot 32 or I2S, LJ is right slot 0 33d = TDM is slot 33 or I2S, LJ is right slot 1 34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration 63d = TDM is slot 63 or I2S, LJ is right slot 31

7.6.1.1.11 ASI_CH4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x0E) [reset = 3h]

This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 4. Figure 7-83. ASI_CH4 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved CH4_OUTPUT CH4_SLOT[5:0] R-0h R/W-0h R/W-3h Table 7-62. ASI_CH4 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 6 CH4_OUTPUT R/W 0h Channel 4 output line. 0d = Channel 4 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT) 1d = Channel 4 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx) 5-0 CH4_SLOT[5:0] R/W 3h Channel 4 slot assignment. 0d = TDM is slot 0 or I2S, LJ is left slot 0 1d = TDM is slot 1 or I2S, LJ is left slot 1 2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration 31d = TDM is slot 31 or I2S, LJ is left slot 31 32d = TDM is slot 32 or I2S, LJ is right slot 0 33d = TDM is slot 33 or I2S, LJ is right slot 1 34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration 63d = TDM is slot 63 or I2S, LJ is right slot 31

7.6.1.1.12 ASI_CH5 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x0F) [reset = 4h]

This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 5. Figure 7-84. ASI_CH5 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved CH5_OUTPUT CH5_SLOT[5:0] R-0h R/W-0h R/W-4h Table 7-63. ASI_CH5 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 6 CH5_OUTPUT R/W 0h Channel 5 output line. 0d = Channel 5 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT) 1d = Channel 5 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx) www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 69 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-63. ASI_CH5 Register Field Descriptions (continued) Bit Field Type Reset Description 5-0 CH5_SLOT[5:0] R/W 4h Channel 5 slot assignment. 0d = TDM is slot 0 or I2S, LJ is left slot 0 1d = TDM is slot 1 or I2S, LJ is left slot 1 2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration 31d = TDM is slot 31 or I2S, LJ is left slot 31 32d = TDM is slot 32 or I2S, LJ is right slot 0 33d = TDM is slot 33 or I2S, LJ is right slot 1 34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration 63d = TDM is slot 63 or I2S, LJ is right slot 31

7.6.1.1.13 ASI_CH6 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x10) [reset = 5h]

This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 6. Figure 7-85. ASI_CH6 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved CH6_OUTPUT CH6_SLOT[5:0] R-0h R/W-0h R/W-5h Table 7-64. ASI_CH6 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 6 CH6_OUTPUT R/W 0h Channel 6 output line. 0d = Channel 6 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT) 1d = Channel 6 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx) 5-0 CH6_SLOT[5:0] R/W 5h Channel 6 slot assignment. 0d = TDM is slot 0 or I2S, LJ is left slot 0 1d = TDM is slot 1 or I2S, LJ is left slot 1 2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration 31d = TDM is slot 31 or I2S, LJ is left slot 31 32d = TDM is slot 32 or I2S, LJ is right slot 0 33d = TDM is slot 33 or I2S, LJ is right slot 1 34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration 63d = TDM is slot 63 or I2S, LJ is right slot 31

7.6.1.1.14 ASI_CH7 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x11) [reset = 6h]

This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 7. Figure 7-86. ASI_CH7 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved CH7_OUTPUT CH7_SLOT[5:0] R-0h R/W-0h R/W-6h Table 7-65. ASI_CH7 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 6 CH7_OUTPUT R/W 0h Channel 7 output line. 0d = Channel 7 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT) 1d = Channel 7 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx) PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

70 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-65. ASI_CH7 Register Field Descriptions (continued) Bit Field Type Reset Description 5-0 CH7_SLOT[5:0] R/W 6h Channel 7 slot assignment. 0d = TDM is slot 0 or I2S, LJ is left slot 0 1d = TDM is slot 1 or I2S, LJ is left slot 1 2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration 31d = TDM is slot 31 or I2S, LJ is left slot 31 32d = TDM is slot 32 or I2S, LJ is right slot 0 33d = TDM is slot 33 or I2S, LJ is right slot 1 34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration 63d = TDM is slot 63 or I2S, LJ is right slot 31

7.6.1.1.15 ASI_CH8 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x12) [reset = 7h]

This register is the ASI slot configuration register for channel 8. Figure 7-87. ASI_CH8 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved CH8_OUTPUT CH8_SLOT[5:0] R-0h R/W-0h R/W-7h Table 7-66. ASI_CH8 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 6 CH8_OUTPUT R/W 0h Channel 8 output line. 0d = Channel 8 output is on the ASI primary output pin (SDOUT) 1d = Channel 8 output is on the ASI secondary output pin (GPIO1 or GPOx) 5-0 CH8_SLOT[5:0] R/W 7h Channel 8 slot assignment. 0d = TDM is slot 0 or I2S, LJ is left slot 0 1d = TDM is slot 1 or I2S, LJ is left slot 1 2d to 30d = Slot assigned as per configuration 31d = TDM is slot 31 or I2S, LJ is left slot 31 32d = TDM is slot 32 or I2S, LJ is right slot 0 33d = TDM is slot 33 or I2S, LJ is right slot 1 34d to 62d = Slot assigned as per configuration 63d = TDM is slot 63 or I2S, LJ is right slot 31

7.6.1.1.16 MST_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x13) [reset = 2h]

This register is the ASI master mode configuration register 0. Figure 7-88. MST_CFG0 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 MST_SLV_ CFG AUTO_CLK_ CFG AUTO_MODE_ PLL_DIS BCLK_FSYNC_ GATE FS_MODE MCLK_FREQ_SEL[2:0] R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-2h Table 7-67. MST_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 MST_SLV_CFG R/W 0h ASI master or slave configuration register setting. 0d = Device is in slave mode (both BCLK and FSYNC are inputs to the device) 1d = Device is in master mode (both BCLK and FSYNC are generated from the device) 6 AUTO_CLK_CFG R/W 0h Automatic clock configuration setting. 0d = Auto clock configuration is enabled (all internal clock divider and PLL configurations are auto derived) 1d = Auto clock configuration is disabled (custom mode and device GUI must be used for the device configuration settings) www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 71 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-67. MST_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions (continued) Bit Field Type Reset Description 5 AUTO_MODE_PLL_DIS R/W 0h Automatic mode PLL setting. 0d = PLL is enabled in auto clock configuration 1d = PLL is disabled in auto clock configuration 4 BCLK_FSYNC_GATE R/W 0h BCLK and FSYNC clock gate (valid when the device is in master mode). 0d = Do not gate BCLK and FSYNC 1d = Force gate BCLK and FSYNC when being transmitted from the device in master mode 3 FS_MODE R/W 0h Sample rate setting (valid when the device is in master mode). 0d = fS is a multiple (or submultiple) of 48 kHz 1d = fS is a multiple (or submultiple) of 44.1 kHz 2-0 MCLK_FREQ_SEL[2:0] R/W 2h These bits select the MCLK (GPIO or GPIx) frequency for the PLL source clock input (valid when the device is in master mode and MCLK_FREQ_SEL_MODE = 0). 0d = 12 MHz 1d = 12.288 MHz 2d = 13 MHz 3d = 16 MHz 4d = 19.2 MHz 5d = 19.68 MHz 6d = 24 MHz 7d = 24.576 MHz

7.6.1.1.17 MST_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x14) [reset = 48h]

This register is the ASI master mode configuration register 1. Figure 7-89. MST_CFG1 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 FS_RATE[3:0] FS_BCLK_RATIO[3:0] R/W-4h R/W-8h Table 7-68. MST_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 FS_RATE[3:0] R/W 4h Programmed sample rate of the ASI bus (not used when the device is configured in slave mode auto clock configuration). 0d = 7.35 kHz or 8 kHz 1d = 14.7 kHz or 16 kHz 2d = 22.05 kHz or 24 kHz 3d = 29.4 kHz or 32 kHz 4d = 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz 5d = 88.2 kHz or 96 kHz 6d = 176.4 kHz or 192 kHz 7d = 352.8 kHz or 384 kHz 8d = 705.6 kHz or 768 kHz 9d to 15d = Reserved PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

72 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-68. MST_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions (continued) Bit Field Type Reset Description 3-0 FS_BCLK_RATIO[3:0] R/W 8h Programmed BCLK to FSYNC frequency ratio of the ASI bus (not used when the device is configured in slave mode auto clock configuration). 0d = Ratio of 16 1d = Ratio of 24 2d = Ratio of 32 3d = Ratio of 48 4d = Ratio of 64 5d = Ratio of 96 6d = Ratio of 128 7d = Ratio of 192 8d = Ratio of 256 9d = Ratio of 384 10d = Ratio of 512 11d = Ratio of 1024 12d = Ratio of 2048 13d to 15d = Reserved

7.6.1.1.18 ASI_STS Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x15) [reset = FFh]

This register s the ASI bus clock monitor status register Figure 7-90. ASI_STS Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 FS_RATE_STS[3:0] FS_RATIO_STS[3:0] R-Fh R-Fh Table 7-69. ASI_STS Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 FS_RATE_STS[3:0] R Fh Detected sample rate of the ASI bus. 0d = 7.35 kHz or 8 kHz 1d = 14.7 kHz or 16 kHz 2d = 22.05 kHz or 24 kHz 3d = 29.4 kHz or 32 kHz 4d = 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz 5d = 88.2 kHz or 96 kHz 6d = 176.4 kHz or 192 kHz 7d = 352.8 kHz or 384 kHz 8d = 705.6 kHz or 768 kHz 9d to 14d = Reserved 15d = Invalid sample rate 3-0 FS_RATIO_STS[3:0] R Fh Detected BCLK to FSYNC frequency ratio of the ASI bus. 0d = Ratio of 16 1d = Ratio of 24 2d = Ratio of 32 3d = Ratio of 48 4d = Ratio of 64 5d = Ratio of 96 6d = Ratio of 128 7d = Ratio of 192 8d = Ratio of 256 9d = Ratio of 384 10d = Ratio of 512 11d = Ratio of 1024 12d = Ratio of 2048 13d to 14d = Reserved 15d = Invalid ratio

7.6.1.1.19 CLK_SRC Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x16) [reset = 10h]

This register is the clock source configuration register. www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 73 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Figure 7-91. CLK_SRC Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DIS_PLL_SLV_ CLK_SRC MCLK_FREQ_ SEL_MODE MCLK_RATIO_SEL[2:0] Reserved R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-2h R-0h Table 7-70. CLK_SRC Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description

7 DIS_PLL_SLV_CLK_SRC R/W 0h Audio root clock source setting when the device is configured with

the PLL disabled in the auto clock configuration for slave mode (AUTO_MODE_PLL_DIS = 1). 0d = BCLK is used as the audio root clock source 1d = MCLK (GPIO or GPIx) is used as the audio root clock source (the MCLK to FSYNC ratio is as per MCLK_RATIO_SEL setting)

6 MCLK_FREQ_SEL_MOD

E R/W 0h Master mode MCLK (GPIO or GPIx) frequency selection mode (valid when the device is in auto clock configuration). 0d = MCLK frequency is based on the MCLK_FREQ_SEL (P0_R19) configuration 1d = MCLK frequency is specified as a multiple of FSYNC in the MCLK_RATIO_SEL (P0_R22) configuration 5-3 MCLK_RATIO_SEL[2:0] R/W 2h These bits select the MCLK (GPIO or GPIx) to FSYNC ratio for master mode or when MCLK is used as the audio root clock source in slave mode. 0d = Ratio of 64 1d = Ratio of 256 2d = Ratio of 384 3d = Ratio of 512 4d = Ratio of 768 5d = Ratio of 1024 6d = Ratio of 1536 7d = Ratio of 2304 2-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved

7.6.1.1.20 PDMCLK_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x1F) [reset = 40h]

This register is the PDM clock generation configuration register. Figure 7-92. PDMCLK_CFG Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved PDMCLK_DIV[1:0] R/W-10h R/W-0h Table 7-71. PDMCLK_CFG Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-3 Reserved R/W 10h Reserved 1-0 PDMCLK_DIV[1:0] R/W 0h PDMCLK divider value. 0d = PDMCLK is 2.8224 MHz or 3.072 MHz 1d = PDMCLK is 1.4112 MHz or 1.536 MHz 2d = PDMCLK is 705.6 kHz or 768 kHz 3d = PDMCLK is 5.6448 MHz or 6.144 MHz

7.6.1.1.21 PDMIN_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x20) [reset = 0h]

This register is the PDM DINx sampling edge configuration register. Figure 7-93. PDMIN_CFG Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PDMDIN1_ EDGE PDMDIN2_ EDGE PDMDIN3_ EDGE PDMDIN4_ EDGE Reserved R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R-0h PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

74 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-72. PDMIN_CFG Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 PDMDIN1_EDGE R/W 0h PDMCLK latching edge used for channel 1 and channel 2 data. 0d = Channel 1 data are latched on the negative edge, channel 2 data are latched on the positive edge 1d = Channel 1 data are latched on the positive edge, channel 2 data are latched on the negative edge 6 PDMDIN2_EDGE R/W 0h PDMCLK latching edge used for channel 3 and channel 4 data. 0d = Channel 3 data are latched on the negative edge, channel 4 data are latched on the positive edge 1d = Channel 3 data are latched on the positive edge, channel 4 data are latched on the negative edge 5 PDMDIN3_EDGE R/W 0h PDMCLK latching edge used for channel 5 and channel 6 data. 0d = Channel 5 data are latched on the negative edge, channel 6 data are latched on the positive edge 1d = Channel 5 data are latched on the positive edge, channel 6 data are latched on the negative edge 4 PDMDIN4_EDGE R/W 0h PDMCLK latching edge used for channel 7 and channel 8 data. 0d = Channel 7 data are latched on the negative edge, channel 8 data are latched on the positive edge 1d = Channel 7 data are latched on the positive edge, channel 8 data are latched on the negative edge 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved

7.6.1.1.22 GPIO_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x21) [reset = 22h]

This register is the GPIO configuration register 0. Figure 7-94. GPIO_CFG0 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GPIO1_CFG[3:0] Reserved GPIO1_DRV[2:0] R/W-2h R-0h R/W-2h Table 7-73. GPIO_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 GPIO1_CFG[3:0] R/W 2h GPIO1 configuration. 0d = GPIO1 is disabled 1d = GPIO1 is configured as a general-purpose output (GPO) 2d = GPIO1 is configured as a device interrupt output (IRQ) 3d = GPIO1 is configured as a secondary ASI output (SDOUT2) 4d = GPIO1 is configured as a PDM clock output (PDMCLK) 5d to 7d = Reserved 8d = GPIO1 is configured as an input to control when MICBIAS turns on or off (MICBIAS_EN) 9d = GPIO1 is configured as a general-purpose input (GPI) 10d = GPIO1 is configured as a controller clock input (MCLK) 11d = GPIO1 is configured as an ASI input for daisy-chain (SDIN) 12d = GPIO1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 1 and channel 2 (PDMDIN1) 13d = GPIO1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 3 and channel 4 (PDMDIN2) 14d = GPIO1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 5 and channel 6 (PDMDIN3) 15d = GPIO1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 7 and channel 8 (PDMDIN4)

3 Reserved R 0h Reserved

www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 75 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-73. GPIO_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions (continued) Bit Field Type Reset Description 2-0 GPIO1_DRV[2:0] R/W 2h GPIO1 output drive configuration (not used when GPIO1 is configured as SDOUT2). 0d = Hi-Z output 1d = Drive active low and active high 2d = Drive active low and weak high 3d = Drive active low and Hi-Z 4d = Drive weak low and active high 5d = Drive Hi-Z and active high 6d to 7d = Reserved

7.6.1.1.23 GPO_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x22) [reset = 0h]

This registeris the GPO configuration register 0. Figure 7-95. GPO_CFG0 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GPO1_CFG[3:0] Reserved GPO1_DRV[2:0] R/W-0h R-0h R/W-0h Table 7-74. GPO_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 GPO1_CFG[3:0] R/W 0h IN1M_GPO1 (GPO1) configuration. 0d = GPO1 is disabled 1d = GPO1 is configured as a general-purpose output (GPO) 2d = GPO1 is configured as a device interrupt output (IRQ) 3d = GPO1 is configured as a secondary ASI output (SDOUT2) 4d = GPO1 is configured as a PDM clock output (PDMCLK) 5d to 15d = Reserved 2-0 GPO1_DRV[2:0] R/W 0h IN1M_GPO1 (GPO1) output drive configuration (not used when GPO1 is configured as SDOUT2). 0d = Hi-Z output 1d = Drive active low and active high 2d = Drive active low and weak high 3d = Drive active low and Hi-Z 4d = Drive weak low and active high 5d = Drive Hi-Z and active high 6d to 7d = Reserved

7.6.1.1.24 GPO_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x23) [reset = 0h]

This registeris the GPO configuration register 1. Figure 7-96. GPO_CFG1 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GPO2_CFG[3:0] Reserved GPO2_DRV[2:0] R/W-0h R-0h R/W-0h Table 7-75. GPO_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 GPO2_CFG[3:0] R/W 0h IN2M_GPO2 (GPO2) configuration. 0d = GPO2 is disabled 1d = GPO2 is configured as a general-purpose output (GPO) 2d = GPO2 is configured as a device interrupt output (IRQ) 3d = GPO2 is configured as a secondary ASI output (SDOUT2) 4d = GPO2 is configured as a PDM clock output (PDMCLK) 5d to 15d = Reserved SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

76 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-75. GPO_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions (continued) Bit Field Type Reset Description 2-0 GPO2_DRV[2:0] R/W 0h IN2M_GPO2 (GPO2) output drive configuration (not used when GPO2 is configured as SDOUT2). 0d = Hi-Z output 1d = Drive active low and active high 2d = Drive active low and weak high 3d = Drive active low and Hi-Z 4d = Drive weak low and active high 5d = Drive Hi-Z and active high 6d to 7d = Reserved

7.6.1.1.25 GPO_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x24) [reset = 0h]

This registeris the GPO configuration register 2. Figure 7-97. GPO_CFG2 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GPO3_CFG[3:0] Reserved GPO3_DRV[2:0] R/W-0h R-0h R/W-0h Table 7-76. GPO_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 GPO3_CFG[3:0] R/W 0h IN3M_GPO3 (GPO3) configuration. 0d = GPO3 is disabled 1d = GPO3 is configured as a general-purpose output (GPO) 2d = GPO3 is configured as a device interrupt output (IRQ) 3d = GPO3 is configured as a secondary ASI output (SDOUT2) 4d = GPO3 is configured as a PDM clock output (PDMCLK) 5d to 15d = Reserved 2-0 GPO3_DRV[2:0] R/W 0h IN3M_GPO3 (GPO3) output drive configuration (not used when GPO3 is configured as SDOUT2). 0d = Hi-Z output 1d = Drive active low and active high 2d = Drive active low and weak high 3d = Drive active low and Hi-Z 4d = Drive weak low and active high 5d = Drive Hi-Z and active high 6d to 7d = Reserved

7.6.1.1.26 GPO_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x25) [reset = 0h]

This registeris the GPO configuration register 3. Figure 7-98. GPO_CFG3 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GPO4_CFG[3:0] Reserved GPO4_DRV[2:0] R/W-0h R-0h R/W-0h Table 7-77. GPO_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 GPO4_CFG[3:0] R/W 0h IN4M_GPO4 (GPO4) configuration. 0d = GPO4 is disabled 1d = GPO4 is configured as a general-purpose output (GPO) 2d = GPO4 is configured as a device interrupt output (IRQ) 3d = GPO4 is configured as a secondary ASI output (SDOUT2) 4d = GPO4 is configured as a PDM clock output (PDMCLK) 5d to 15d = Reserved www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 77 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-77. GPO_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions (continued) Bit Field Type Reset Description 2-0 GPO4_DRV[2:0] R/W 0h IN4M_GPO4 (GPO4) output drive configuration (not used when GPO4 is configured as SDOUT2). 0d = Hi-Z output 1d = Drive active low and active high 2d = Drive active low and weak high 3d = Drive active low and Hi-Z 4d = Drive weak low and active high 5d = Drive Hi-Z and active high 6d to 7d = Reserved

7.6.1.1.27 GPO_VAL Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x29) [reset = 0h]

This register is the GPIO and GPO output value register. Figure 7-99. GPO_VAL Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GPIO1_VAL GPO1_VAL GPO2_VAL GPO3_VAL GPO4_VAL Reserved R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R-0h Table 7-78. GPO_VAL Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 GPIO1_VAL R/W 0h GPIO1 output value when configured as a GPO. 0d = Drive the output with a value of 0 1d = Drive the output with a value of 1 6 GPO1_VAL R/W 0h GPO1 output value when configured as a GPO. 0d = Drive the output with a value of 0 1d = Drive the output with a value of 1 5 GPO2_VAL R/W 0h GPO2 output value when configured as a GPO. 0d = Drive the output with a value of 0 1d = Drive the output with a value of 1 4 GPO3_VAL R/W 0h GPO3 output value when configured as a GPO. 0d = Drive the output with a value of 0 1d = Drive the output with a value of 1 3 GPO4_VAL R/W 0h GPO4 output value when configured as a GPO. 0d = Drive the output with a value of 0 1d = Drive the output with a value of 1 2-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved

7.6.1.1.28 GPIO_MON Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x2A) [reset = 0h]

This register is the GPIO monitor value register. Figure 7-100. GPIO_MON Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GPIO1_MON Reserved R-0h R-0h Table 7-79. GPIO_MON Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 GPIO1_MON R 0h GPIO1 monitor value when configured as a GPI. 0d = Input monitor value 0 1d = Input monitor value 1 6-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved

7.6.1.1.29 GPI_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x2B) [reset = 0h]

This register is the GPI configuration register 0. PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

78 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Figure 7-101. GPI_CFG0 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved GPI1_CFG[2:0] Reserved GPI2_CFG[2:0] R-0h R/W-0h R-0h R/W-0h Table 7-80. GPI_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 6-4 GPI1_CFG[2:0] R/W 0h IN1P_GPI1 (GPI1) configuration. 0d = GPI1 is disabled 1d = GPI1 is configured as a general-purpose input (GPI) 2d = GPI1 is configured as a controller clock input (MCLK) 3d = GPI1 is configured as an ASI input for daisy-chain (SDIN) 4d = GPI1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 1 and channel 2 (PDMDIN1) 5d = GPI1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 3 and channel 4 (PDMDIN2) 6d = GPI1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 5 and channel 6 (PDMDIN3) 7d = GPI1 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 7 and channel 8 (PDMDIN4) 2-0 GPI2_CFG[2:0] R/W 0h IN2P_GPI2 (GPI2) configuration. 0d = GPI2 is disabled 1d = GPI2 is configured as a general-purpose input (GPI) 2d = GPI2 is configured as a controller clock input (MCLK) 3d = GPI2 is configured as an ASI input for daisy-chain (SDIN) 4d = GPI2 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 1 and channel 2 (PDMDIN1) 5d = GPI2 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 3 and channel 4 (PDMDIN2) 6d = GPI2 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 5 and channel 6 (PDMDIN3) 7d = GPI2 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 7 and channel 8 (PDMDIN4)

7.6.1.1.30 GPI_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x2C) [reset = 0h]

This register is the GPI configuration register 1. Figure 7-102. GPI_CFG1 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved GPI3_CFG[2:0] Reserved GPI4_CFG[2:0] R-0h R/W-0h R-0h R/W-0h Table 7-81. GPI_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 6-4 GPI3_CFG[2:0] R/W 0h IN3P_GPI3 (GPI3) configuration. 0d = GPI3 is disabled 1d = GPI3 is configured as a general-purpose input (GPI) 2d = GPI3 is configured as a controller clock input (MCLK) 3d = GPI3 is configured as an ASI input for daisy-chain (SDIN) 4d = GPI3 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 1 and channel 2 (PDMDIN1) 5d = GPI3 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 3 and channel 4 (PDMDIN2) 6d = GPI3 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 5 and channel 6 (PDMDIN3) 7d = GPI3 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 7 and channel 8 (PDMDIN4) www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 79 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-81. GPI_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions (continued) Bit Field Type Reset Description 2-0 GPI4_CFG[2:0] R/W 0h IN4P_GPI4 (GPI4) configuration. 0d = GPI4 is disabled 1d = GPI4 is configured as a general-purpose input (GPI) 2d = GPI4 is configured as a controller clock input (MCLK) 3d = GPI4 is configured as an ASI input for daisy-chain (SDIN) 4d = GPI4 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 1 and channel 2 (PDMDIN1) 5d = GPI4 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 3 and channel 4 (PDMDIN2) 6d = GPI4 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 5 and channel 6 (PDMDIN3) 7d = GPI4 is configured as a PDM data input for channel 7 and channel 8 (PDMDIN4)

7.6.1.1.31 GPI_MON Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x2F) [reset = 0h]

This regiser is the GPI monitor value register. Figure 7-103. GPI_MON Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GPI1_MON GPI2_MON GPI3_MON GPI4_MON Reserved R-0h R-0h R-0h R-0h R-0h Table 7-82. GPI_MON Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 GPI1_MON R 0h GPI1 monitor value when configured as a GPI. 0d = Input monitor value 0 1d = Input monitor value 1 6 GPI2_MON R 0h GPI2 monitor value when configured as a GPI. 0d = Input monitor value 0 1d = Input monitor value 1 5 GPI3_MON R 0h GPI3 monitor value when configured as a GPI. 0d = Input monitor value 0 1d = Input monitor value 1 4 GPI4_MON R 0h GPI4 monitor value when configured as a GPI. 0d = Input monitor value 0 1d = Input monitor value 1 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved

7.6.1.1.32 INT_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x32) [reset = 0h]

This regiser is the interrupt configuration register. Figure 7-104. INT_CFG Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 INT_POL INT_EVENT[1:0] Reserved LTCH_READ_C FG Reserved R/W-0h R/W-0h R-0h R/W-0h R-0h Table 7-83. INT_CFG Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 INT_POL R/W 0h Interrupt polarity. 0b = Active low (IRQZ) 1b = Active high (IRQ) PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

80 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-83. INT_CFG Register Field Descriptions (continued) Bit Field Type Reset Description 6-5 INT_EVENT[1:0] R/W 0h Interrupt event configuration. 0d = INT asserts on any unmasked latched interrupts event 1d = Reserved 2d = INT asserts for 2 ms (typical) for every 4-ms (typical) duration on any unmasked latched interrupts event 3d = INT asserts for 2 ms (typical) one time on each pulse for any unmasked interrupts event 4-3 Reserved R 0h Reserved 2 LTCH_READ_CFG R/W 0h Interrupt latch registers readback configuration. 0b = All interrupts can be read through the LTCH registers 1b = Only unmasked interrupts can be read through the LTCH registers 1-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved

7.6.1.1.33 INT_MASK0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x33) [reset = FFh]

This register is the interrupt masks register 0. Figure 7-105. INT_MASK0 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 INT_MASK0[7] INT_MASK0[6] Reserved R/W-1h R/W-1h R/W-3Fh Table 7-84. INT_MASK0 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 INT_MASK0[7] R/W 1h ASI clock error mask. 0b = Do not mask 1b = Mask 6 INT_MASK0[6] R/W 1h PLL Lock interrupt mask. 0b = Do not mask 1b = Mask 5-0 Reserved R/W 3Fh Reserved

7.6.1.1.34 INT_LTCH0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x36) [reset = 0h]

This register is the latched Interrupt readback register 0. Figure 7-106. INT_LTCH0 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 INT_LTCH0[7] INT_LTCH0[6] Reserved R-0h R-0h R-0h Table 7-85. INT_LTCH0 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 INT_LTCH0[7] R 0h Interrupt caused by an ASI bus clock error (self-clearing bit). 0b = No interrupt 1b = Interrupt 6 INT_LTCH0[6] R 0h Interrupt caused by PLL LOCK (self-clearing bit). 0b = No interrupt 1b = Interrupt 5-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 81 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.6.1.1.35 BIAS_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x3B) [reset = 0h]

This register is the bias and ADC configuration register Figure 7-107. BIAS_CFG Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved MBIAS_VAL[2:0] Reserved ADC_FSCALE[1:0] R-0h R/W-0h R-0h R/W-0h Table 7-86. BIAS_CFG Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 6-4 MBIAS_VAL[2:0] R/W 0h MICBIAS value. 0d = Microphone bias is set to VREF (2.750 V, 2.500 V, or 1.375 V) 1d = Microphone bias is set to VREF × 1.096 (3.014 V, 2.740 V, or 1.507 V) 2d to 5d = Reserved 6d = Microphone bias is set to AVDD 3-2 Reserved R 0h Reserved 1-0 ADC_FSCALE[1:0] R/W 0h ADC full-scale setting (configure this setting based on the AVDD supply minimum voltage used). 0d = VREF is set to 2.75 V to support 2 VRMS for the differential input or 1 VRMS for the single-ended input 1d = VREF is set to 2.5 V to support 1.818 VRMS for the differential input or

0.909 VRMS for the single-ended input

2d = VREF is set to 1.375 V to support 1 VRMS for the differential input or 0.5 VRMS for the single-ended input 3d = Reserved

7.6.1.1.36 CH1_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x3C) [reset = 0h]

This register is configuration register 0 for channel 1. Figure 7-108. CH1_CFG0 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH1_INTYP CH1_INSRC[1:0] CH1_DC CH1_IMP[1:0] Reserved CH1_AGCEN R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R-0h R/W-0h Table 7-87. CH1_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 CH1_INTYP R/W 0h Channel 1 input type. 0d = Microphone input 1d = Line input 6-5 CH1_INSRC[1:0] R/W 0h Channel 1 input configuration. 0d = Analog differential input (the GPI1 and GPO1 pin functions must be disabled) 1d = Analog single-ended input (the GPI1 and GPO1 pin functions must be disabled) 2d = Digital microphone PDM input (configure the GPO and GPI pins accordingly for PDMDIN1 and PDMCLK) 3d = Reserved 4 CH1_DC R/W 0h Channel 1 input coupling (applicable for the analog input). 0d = AC-coupled input 1d = DC-coupled input 3-2 CH1_IMP[1:0] R/W 0h Channel 1 input impedance (applicable for the analog input). 0d = Typical 2.5-kΩ input impedance 1d = Typical 10-kΩ input impedance 2d = Typical 20-kΩ input impedance 3d = Reserved SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

82 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-87. CH1_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions (continued) Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 CH1_AGCEN R/W 0h Channel 1 automatic gain controller (AGC) setting. 0d = AGC disabled 1d = AGC enabled based on the configuration of bit 3 in register 108 (P0_R108)

7.6.1.1.37 CH1_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x3D) [reset = 0h]

This register is configuration register 1 for channel 1. Figure 7-109. CH1_CFG1 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH1_GAIN[5:0] Reserved R/W-0h R-0h Table 7-88. CH1_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-2 CH1_GAIN[5:0] R/W 0h Channel 1 gain. 0d = Channel gain is set to 0 dB 1d = Channel gain is set to 1 dB 2d = Channel gain is set to 2 dB 3d to 41d = Channel gain is set as per configuration 42d = Channel gain is set to 42 dB 43d to 63d = Reserved 1-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved

7.6.1.1.38 CH1_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x3E) [reset = C9h]

This register is configuration register 2 for channel 1. Figure 7-110. CH1_CFG2 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH1_DVOL[7:0] R/W-C9h Table 7-89. CH1_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH1_DVOL[7:0] R/W C9h Channel 1 digital volume control. 0d = Digital volume is muted 1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB 2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB 3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB 202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB 203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB 255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB

7.6.1.1.39 CH1_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x3F) [reset = 80h]

This register is configuration register 3 for channel 1. Figure 7-111. CH1_CFG3 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH1_GCAL[3:0] Reserved R/W-8h R-0h www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 83 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-90. CH1_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 CH1_GCAL[3:0] R/W 8h Channel 1 gain calibration. 0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB 1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB 2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB 3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB 9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB 10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB 15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved

7.6.1.1.40 CH1_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x40) [reset = 0h]

This register is configuration register 4 for channel 1. Figure 7-112. CH1_CFG4 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH1_PCAL[7:0] R/W-0h Table 7-91. CH1_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH1_PCAL[7:0] R/W 0h Channel 1 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution. 0d = No phase calibration 1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock 2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock 3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration 255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock

7.6.1.1.41 CH2_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x41) [reset = 0h]

This register is configuration register 0 for channel 2. Figure 7-113. CH2_CFG0 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH2_INTYP CH2_INSRC[1:0] CH2_DC CH2_IMP[1:0] Reserved CH2_AGCEN R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R-0h R/W-0h Table 7-92. CH2_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 CH2_INTYP R/W 0h Channel 2 input type. 0d = Microphone input 1d = Line input 6-5 CH2_INSRC[1:0] R/W 0h Channel 2 input configuration. 0d = Analog differential input (the GPI2 and GPO2 pin functions must be disabled) 1d = Analog single-ended input (the GPI2 and GPO2 pin functions must be disabled) 2d = Digital microphone PDM input (configure the GPO and GPI pins accordingly for PDMDIN1 and PDMCLK) 3d = Reserved 4 CH2_DC R/W 0h Channel 2 input coupling (applicable for the analog input). 0d = AC-coupled input 1d = DC-coupled input PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

84 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-92. CH2_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions (continued) Bit Field Type Reset Description 3-2 CH2_IMP[1:0] R/W 0h Channel 2 input impedance (applicable for the analog input). 0d = Typical 2.5-kΩ input impedance 1d = Typical 10-kΩ input impedance 2d = Typical 20-kΩ input impedance 3d = Reserved 0 CH2_AGCEN R/W 0h Channel 2 automatic gain controller (AGC) setting. 0d = AGC disabled 1d = AGC enabled based on the configuration of bit 3 in register 108 (P0_R108)

7.6.1.1.42 CH2_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x42) [reset = 0h]

This register is configuration register 1 for channel 2. Figure 7-114. CH2_CFG1 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH2_GAIN[5:0] Reserved R/W-0h R-0h Table 7-93. CH2_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-2 CH2_GAIN[5:0] R/W 0h Channel 2 gain. 0d = Channel gain is set to 0 dB 1d = Channel gain is set to 1 dB 2d = Channel gain is set to 2 dB 3d to 41d = Channel gain is set as per configuration 42d = Channel gain is set to 42 dB 43d to 63d = Reserved 1-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved

7.6.1.1.43 CH2_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x43) [reset = C9h]

This register is configuration register 2 for channel 2. Figure 7-115. CH2_CFG2 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH2_DVOL[7:0] R/W-C9h Table 7-94. CH2_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH2_DVOL[7:0] R/W C9h Channel 2 digital volume control. 0d = Digital volume is muted 1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB 2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB 3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB 202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB 203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB 255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 85 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.6.1.1.44 CH2_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x44) [reset = 80h]

This register is configuration register 3 for channel 2. Figure 7-116. CH2_CFG3 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH2_GCAL[3:0] Reserved R/W-8h R-0h Table 7-95. CH2_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 CH2_GCAL[3:0] R/W 8h Channel 2 gain calibration. 0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB 1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB 2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB 3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB 9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB 10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB 15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved

7.6.1.1.45 CH2_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x45) [reset = 0h]

This register is configuration register 4 for channel 2. Figure 7-117. CH2_CFG4 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH2_PCAL[7:0] R/W-0h Table 7-96. CH2_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH2_PCAL[7:0] R/W 0h Channel 2 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution. 0d = No phase calibration 1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock 2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock 3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration 255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock

7.6.1.1.46 CH3_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x46) [reset = 0h]

This register is configuration register 0 for channel 3. Figure 7-118. CH3_CFG0 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH3_INTYP CH3_INSRC[1:0] CH3_DC CH3_IMP[1:0] Reserved CH3_AGCEN R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R-0h R/W-0h Table 7-97. CH3_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 CH3_INTYP R/W 0h Channel 3 input type. 0d = Microphone input 1d = Line input PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

86 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-97. CH3_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions (continued) Bit Field Type Reset Description 6-5 CH3_INSRC[1:0] R/W 0h Channel 3 input configuration. 0d = Analog differential input (the GPI3 and GPO3 pin functions must be disabled) 1d = Analog single-ended input (the GPI3 and GPO3 pin functions must be disabled) 2d = Digital microphone PDM input (configure the GPO and GPI pins accordingly for PDMDIN2 and PDMCLK) 3d = Reserved 4 CH3_DC R/W 0h Channel 3 input coupling (applicable for the analog input). 0d = AC-coupled input 1d = DC-coupled input 3-2 CH3_IMP[1:0] R/W 0h Channel 3 input impedance (applicable for the analog input). 0d = Typical 2.5-kΩ input impedance 1d = Typical 10-kΩ input impedance 2d = Typical 20-kΩ input impedance 3d = Reserved 0 CH3_AGCEN R/W 0h Channel 3 automatic gain controller (AGC) setting. 0d = AGC disabled 1d = AGC enabled based on the configuration of bit 3 in register 108 (P0_R108)

7.6.1.1.47 CH3_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x47) [reset = 0h]

This register is configuration register 1 for channel 3. Figure 7-119. CH3_CFG1 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH3_GAIN[5:0] Reserved R/W-0h R-0h Table 7-98. CH3_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-2 CH3_GAIN[5:0] R/W 0h Channel 3 gain. 0d = Channel gain is set to 0 dB 1d = Channel gain is set to 1 dB 2d = Channel gain is set to 2 dB 3d to 41d = Channel gain is set as per configuration 42d = Channel gain is set to 42 dB 43d to 63d = Reserved 1-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved

7.6.1.1.48 CH3_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x48) [reset = C9h]

This register is configuration register 2 for channel 3. Figure 7-120. CH3_CFG2 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH3_DVOL[7:0] R/W-C9h www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 87 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-99. CH3_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH3_DVOL[7:0] R/W C9h Channel 3 digital volume control. 0d = Digital volume is muted 1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB 2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB 3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB 202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB 203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB 255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB

7.6.1.1.49 CH3_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x49) [reset = 80h]

This register is configuration register 3 for channel 3. Figure 7-121. CH3_CFG3 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH3_GCAL[3:0] Reserved R/W-8h R-0h Table 7-100. CH3_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 CH3_GCAL[3:0] R/W 8h Channel 3 gain calibration. 0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB 1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB 2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB 3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB 9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB 10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB 15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved

7.6.1.1.50 CH3_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x4A) [reset = 0h]

This register is configuration register 4 for channel 3. Figure 7-122. CH3_CFG4 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH3_PCAL[7:0] R/W-0h Table 7-101. CH3_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH3_PCAL[7:0] R/W 0h Channel 3 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution. 0d = No phase calibration 1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock 2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock 3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration 255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

88 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.6.1.1.51 CH4_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x4B) [reset = 0h]

This register is configuration register 0 for channel 4. Figure 7-123. CH4_CFG0 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH4_INTYP CH4_INSRC[1:0] CH4_DC CH4_IMP[1:0] Reserved CH4_AGCEN R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R-0h R/W-0h Table 7-102. CH4_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 CH4_INTYP R/W 0h Channel 4 input type. 0d = Microphone input 1d = Line input 6-5 CH4_INSRC[1:0] R/W 0h Channel 4 input configuration. 0d = Analog differential input (the GPI4 and GPO4 pin functions must be disabled) 1d = Analog single-ended input (the GPI4 and GPO4 pin functions must be disabled) 2d = Digital microphone PDM input (configure the GPO and GPI pins accordingly for PDMDIN2 and PDMCLK) 3d = Reserved 4 CH4_DC R/W 0h Channel 4 input coupling (applicable for the analog input). 0d = AC-coupled input 1d = DC-coupled input 3-2 CH4_IMP[1:0] R/W 0h Channel 4 input impedance (applicable for the analog input). 0d = Typical 2.5-kΩ input impedance 1d = Typical 10-kΩ input impedance 2d = Typical 20-kΩ input impedance 3d = Reserved 0 CH4_AGCEN R/W 0h Channel 4 automatic gain controller (AGC) setting. 0d = AGC disabled 1d = AGC enabled based on the configuration of bit 3 in register 108 (P0_R108)

7.6.1.1.52 CH4_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x4C) [reset = 0h]

This register is configuration register 1 for channel 4. Figure 7-124. CH4_CFG1 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH4_GAIN[5:0] Reserved R/W-0h R-0h Table 7-103. CH4_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-2 CH4_GAIN[5:0] R/W 0h Channel 4 gain. 0d = Channel gain is set to 0 dB 1d = Channel gain is set to 1 dB 2d = Channel gain is set to 2 dB 3d to 41d = Channel gain is set as per configuration 42d = Channel gain is set to 42 dB 43d to 63d = Reserved 1-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 89 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.6.1.1.53 CH4_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x4D) [reset = C9h]

This register is configuration register 2 for channel 4. Figure 7-125. CH4_CFG2 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH4_DVOL[7:0] R/W-C9h Table 7-104. CH4_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH4_DVOL[7:0] R/W C9h Channel 4 digital volume control. 0d = Digital volume is muted 1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB 2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB 3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB 202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB 203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB 255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB

7.6.1.1.54 CH4_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x4E) [reset = 80h]

This register is configuration register 3 for channel 4. Figure 7-126. CH4_CFG3 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH4_GCAL[3:0] Reserved R/W-8h R-0h Table 7-105. CH4_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 CH4_GCAL[3:0] R/W 8h Channel 4 gain calibration. 0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB 1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB 2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB 3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB 9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB 10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB 15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved

7.6.1.1.55 CH4_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x4F) [reset = 0h]

This register is configuration register 4 for channel 4. Figure 7-127. CH4_CFG4 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH4_PCAL[7:0] R/W-0h PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

90 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-106. CH4_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH4_PCAL[7:0] R/W 0h Channel 4 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution. 0d = No phase calibration 1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock 2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock 3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration 255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock

7.6.1.1.56 CH5_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x52) [reset = C9h]

This register is configuration register 2 for Channel 5 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only). Figure 7-128. CH5_CFG2 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH5_DVOL[7:0] R/W-C9h Table 7-107. CH5_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH5_DVOL[7:0] R/W C9h Channel 5 digital volume control. 0d = Digital volume is muted 1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB 2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB 3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB 202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB 203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB 255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB

7.6.1.1.57 CH5_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x53) [reset = 80h]

This register is configuration register 3 for Channel 5 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only). Figure 7-129. CH5_CFG3 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH5_GCAL[3:0] Reserved R/W-8h R-0h Table 7-108. CH5_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 CH5_GCAL[3:0] R/W 8h Channel 5 gain calibration. 0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB 1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB 2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB 3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB 9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB 10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB 15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 91 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.6.1.1.58 CH5_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x54) [reset = 0h]

This register is configuration register 4 for Channel 5 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only). Figure 7-130. CH5_CFG4 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH5_PCAL[7:0] R/W-0h Table 7-109. CH5_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH5_PCAL[7:0] R/W 0h Channel 5 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution. 0d = No phase calibration 1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock 2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock 3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration 255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock

7.6.1.1.59 CH6_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x57) [reset = C9h]

This register is configuration register 2 for Channel 6 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only). Figure 7-131. CH6_CFG2 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH6_DVOL[7:0] R/W-C9h Table 7-110. CH6_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH6_DVOL[7:0] R/W C9h Channel 6 digital volume control. 0d = Digital volume is muted 1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB 2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB 3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB 202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB 203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB 255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB

7.6.1.1.60 CH6_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x58) [reset = 80h]

This register is configuration register 3 for Channel 6 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only). Figure 7-132. CH6_CFG3 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH6_GCAL[3:0] Reserved R/W-8h R-0h Table 7-111. CH6_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 CH6_GCAL[3:0] R/W 8h Channel 6 gain calibration. 0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB 1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB 2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB 3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB 9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB 10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB 15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

92 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-111. CH6_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions (continued) Bit Field Type Reset Description 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved

7.6.1.1.61 CH6_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x59) [reset = 0h]

This register is configuration register 4 for Channel 6 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only). Figure 7-133. CH6_CFG4 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH6_PCAL[7:0] R/W-0h Table 7-112. CH6_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH6_PCAL[7:0] R/W 0h Channel 6 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution. 0d = No phase calibration 1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock 2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock 3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration 255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock

7.6.1.1.62 CH7_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x5C) [reset = C9h]

This register is configuration register 2 for Channel 7 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only). Figure 7-134. CH7_CFG2 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH7_DVOL[7:0] R/W-C9h Table 7-113. CH7_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH7_DVOL[7:0] R/W C9h Channel 7 digital volume control. 0d = Digital volume is muted 1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB 2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB 3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB 202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB 203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB 255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB

7.6.1.1.63 CH7_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x5D) [reset = 80h]

This register is configuration register 3 for Channel 7 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only). Figure 7-135. CH7_CFG3 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH7_GCAL[3:0] Reserved R/W-8h R-0h www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 93 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-114. CH7_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 CH7_GCAL[3:0] R/W 8h Channel 7 gain calibration. 0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB 1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB 2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB 3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB 9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB 10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB 15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved

7.6.1.1.64 CH7_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x5E) [reset = 0h]

This register is configuration register 4 for Channel 7 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only). Figure 7-136. CH7_CFG4 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH7_PCAL[7:0] R/W-0h Table 7-115. CH7_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH7_PCAL[7:0] R/W 0h Channel 7 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution. 0d = No phase calibration 1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock 2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock 3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration 255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock

7.6.1.1.65 CH8_CFG2 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x61) [reset = C9h]

This register is configuration register 2 for Channel 8 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only). Figure 7-137. CH8_CFG2 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH8_DVOL[7:0] R/W-C9h Table 7-116. CH8_CFG2 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH8_DVOL[7:0] R/W C9h Channel 8 digital volume control. 0d = Digital volume is muted 1d = Digital volume control is set to –100 dB 2d = Digital volume control is set to –99.5 dB 3d to 200d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 201d = Digital volume control is set to 0 dB 202d = Digital volume control is set to 0.5 dB 203d to 253d = Digital volume control is set as per configuration 254d = Digital volume control is set to 26.5 dB 255d = Digital volume control is set to 27 dB PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

94 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.6.1.1.66 CH8_CFG3 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x62) [reset = 80h]

This register is configuration register 3 for Channel 8 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only). Figure 7-138. CH8_CFG3 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH8_GCAL[3:0] Reserved R/W-8h R-0h Table 7-117. CH8_CFG3 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 CH8_GCAL[3:0] R/W 8h Channel 8 gain calibration. 0d = Gain calibration is set to –0.8 dB 1d = Gain calibration is set to –0.7 dB 2d = Gain calibration is set to –0.6 dB 3d to 7d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 8d = Gain calibration is set to 0 dB 9d = Gain calibration is set to 0.1 dB 10d to 13d = Gain calibration is set as per configuration 14d = Gain calibration is set to 0.6 dB 15d = Gain calibration is set to 0.7 dB 3-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved

7.6.1.1.67 CH8_CFG4 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x63) [reset = 0h]

This register is configuration register 4 for Channel 8 (for the digital microphone PDM Input only). Figure 7-139. CH8_CFG4 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH8_PCAL[7:0] R/W-0h Table 7-118. CH8_CFG4 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 CH8_PCAL[7:0] R/W 0h Channel 8 phase calibration with modulator clock resolution. 0d = No phase calibration 1d = Phase calibration delay is set to one cycle of the modulator clock 2d = Phase calibration delay is set to two cycles of the modulator clock 3d to 254d = Phase calibration delay as per configuration 255d = Phase calibration delay is set to 255 cycles of the modulator clock

7.6.1.1.68 DSP_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x6B) [reset = 1h]

This register is the digital signal processor (DSP) configuration register 0. Figure 7-140. DSP_CFG0 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved DECI_FILT[1:0] CH_SUM[1:0] HPF_SEL[1:0] R-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-1h Table 7-119. DSP_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-6 Reserved R 0h Reserved 5-4 DECI_FILT[1:0] R/W 0h Decimation filter response. 0d = Linear phase 1d = Low latency 2d = Ultra-low latency 3d = Reserved www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 95 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-119. DSP_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions (continued) Bit Field Type Reset Description 3-2 CH_SUM[1:0] R/W 0h Channel summation mode for higher SNR 0d = Channel summation mode is disabled 1d = 2-channel summation mode is enabled to generate a (CH1 + CH2) / 2 and a (CH3 + CH4) / 2 output 2d = 4-channel summation mode is enabled to generate a (CH1 + CH2 + CH3 + CH4) / 4 output 3d = Reserved 1-0 HPF_SEL[1:0] R/W 1h High-pass filter (HPF) selection. 0d = Programmable first-order IIR filter for a custom HPF with default coefficient values in P4_R72 to P4_R83 set as the all-pass filter 1d = HPF with a cutoff of 0.00025 × fS (12 Hz at fS = 48 kHz) is selected 2d = HPF with a cutoff of 0.002 × fS (96 Hz at fS = 48 kHz) is selected 3d = HPF with a cutoff of 0.008 × fS (384 Hz at fS = 48 kHz) is selected

7.6.1.1.69 DSP_CFG1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x6C) [reset = 40h]

This register is the digital signal processor (DSP) configuration register 1. Figure 7-141. DSP_CFG1 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DVOL_GANG BIQUAD_CFG[1:0] DISABLE_ SOFT_STEP AGC_SEL Reserved R/W-0h R/W-2h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h Table 7-120. DSP_CFG1 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 DVOL_GANG R/W 0h DVOL control ganged across channels. 0d = Each channel has its own DVOL CTRL settings as programmed in the CHx_DVOL bits 1d = All active channels must use the channel 1 DVOL setting (CH1_DVOL) irrespective of whether channel 1 is turned on or not 6-5 BIQUAD_CFG[1:0] R/W 2h Number of biquads per channel configuration. 0d = No biquads per channel; biquads are all disabled 1d = 1 biquad per channel 2d = 2 biquads per channel 3d = 3 biquads per channel 4 DISABLE_SOFT_STEP R/W 0h Soft-stepping disable during DVOL change, mute, and unmute. 0d = Soft-stepping enabled 1d = Soft-stepping disabled 3 AGC_SEL R/W 0h AGC selection when is enabled for any channel. 0d = AGC is not selected 1d = AGC is selected 2-0 Reserved R/W 0h Reserved

7.6.1.1.70 AGC_CFG0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x70) [reset = E7h]

This register is the automatic gain controller (AGC) configuration register 0. Figure 7-142. AGC_CFG0 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 AGC_LVL[3:0] AGC_MAXGAIN[3:0] R/W-Eh R/W-7h PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

96 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-121. AGC_CFG0 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-4 AGC_LVL[3:0] R/W Eh AGC output signal target level. 0d = Output signal target level is –6 dB 1d = Output signal target level is –8 dB 2d = Output signal target level is –10 dB 3d to 13d = Output signal target level is as per configuration 14d = Output signal target level is –34 dB 15d = Output signal target level is –36 dB 3-0 AGC_MAXGAIN[3:0] R/W 7h AGC maximum gain allowed. 0d = Maximum gain allowed is 3 dB 1d = Maximum gain allowed is 6 dB 2d = Maximum gain allowed is 9 dB 3d to 11d = Maximum gain allowed is as per configuration 12d = Maximum gain allowed is 39 dB 13d = Maximum gain allowed is 42 dB 14d to 15d = Reserved

7.6.1.1.71 IN_CH_EN Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x73) [reset = F0h]

This register is the input channel enable configuration register. Figure 7-143. IN_CH_EN Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R/W-1h R/W-1h R/W-1h R/W-1h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h Table 7-122. IN_CH_EN Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 IN_CH1_EN R/W 1h Input channel 1 enable setting. 0d = Channel 1 is disabled 1d = Channel 1 is enabled 6 IN_CH2_EN R/W 1h Input channel 2 enable setting. 0d = Channel 2 is disabled 1d = Channel 2 is enabled 5 IN_CH3_EN R/W 1h Input channel 3 enable setting. 0d = Channel 3 is disabled 1d = Channel 3 is enabled 4 IN_CH4_EN R/W 1h Input channel 4 enable setting. 0d = Channel 4 is disabled 1d = Channel 4 is enabled 3 IN_CH5_EN R/W 0h Input channel 5 (PDM only) enable setting. 0d = Channel 5 is disabled 1d = Channel 5 is enabled 2 IN_CH6_EN R/W 0h Input channel 6 (PDM only) enable setting. 0d = Channel 6 is disabled 1d = Channel 6 is enabled 1 IN_CH7_EN R/W 0h Input channel 7 (PDM only) enable setting. 0d = Channel 7 is disabled 1d = Channel 7 is enabled 0 IN_CH8_EN R/W 0h Input channel 8 (PDM only) enable setting. 0d = Channel 8 is disabled 1d = Channel 8 is enabled www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 97 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.6.1.1.72 ASI_OUT_CH_EN Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x74) [reset = 0h]

This register is the ASI output channel enable configuration register. Figure 7-144. ASI_OUT_CH_EN Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 ASI_OUT_CH1 _EN ASI_OUT_CH2 _EN ASI_OUT_CH3 _EN ASI_OUT_CH4 _EN ASI_OUT_CH5 _EN ASI_OUT_CH6 _EN ASI_OUT_CH7 _EN ASI_OUT_CH8 _EN R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h Table 7-123. ASI_OUT_CH_EN Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 ASI_OUT_CH1_EN R/W 0h ASI output channel 1 enable setting. 0d = Channel 1 output slot is in a tri-state condition 1d = Channel 1 output slot is enabled 6 ASI_OUT_CH2_EN R/W 0h ASI output channel 2 enable setting. 0d = Channel 2 output slot is in a tri-state condition 1d = Channel 2 output slot is enabled 5 ASI_OUT_CH3_EN R/W 0h ASI output channel 3 enable setting. 0d = Channel 3 output slot is in a tri-state condition 1d = Channel 3 output slot is enabled 4 ASI_OUT_CH4_EN R/W 0h ASI output channel 4 enable setting. 0d = Channel 4 output slot is in a tri-state condition 1d = Channel 4 output slot is enabled 3 ASI_OUT_CH5_EN R/W 0h ASI output channel 5 enable setting. 0d = Channel 5 output slot is in a tri-state condition 1d = Channel 5 output slot is enabled 2 ASI_OUT_CH6_EN R/W 0h ASI output channel 6 enable setting. 0d = Channel 6 output slot is in a tri-state condition 1d = Channel 6 output slot is enabled 1 ASI_OUT_CH7_EN R/W 0h ASI output channel 7 enable setting. 0d = Channel 7 output slot is in a tri-state condition 1d = Channel 7 output slot is enabled 0 ASI_OUT_CH8_EN R/W 0h ASI output channel 8 enable setting. 0d = Channel 8 output slot is in a tri-state condition 1d = Channel 8 output slot is enabled

7.6.1.1.73 PWR_CFG Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x75) [reset = 0h]

This register is the power-up configuration register. Figure 7-145. PWR_CFG Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 MICBIAS_PDZ ADC_PDZ PLL_PDZ DYN_CH_ PUPD_EN DYN_MAXCH_SEL[1:0] Reserved R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h R/W-0h Table 7-124. PWR_CFG Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 MICBIAS_PDZ R/W 0h Power control for MICBIAS. 0d = Power down MICBIAS 1d = Power up MICBIAS 6 ADC_PDZ R/W 0h Power control for ADC and PDM channels. 0d = Power down all ADC and PDM channels 1d = Power up all enabled ADC and PDM channels 5 PLL_PDZ R/W 0h Power control for the PLL. 0d = Power down the PLL 1d = Power up the PLL PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

98 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-124. PWR_CFG Register Field Descriptions (continued) Bit Field Type Reset Description 4 DYN_CH_PUPD_EN R/W 0h Dynamic channel power-up, power-down enable. 0d = Channel power-up, power-down is not supported if any channel recording is on 1d = Channel can be powered up or down individually, even if channel recording is on 3-2 DYN_MAXCH_SEL[1:0] R/W 0h Dynamic mode maximum channel select configuration. 0d = Channel 1 and channel 2 are used with dynamic channel power-up, power-down feature enabled 1d = Channel 1 to channel 4 are used with dynamic channel power-up, power- down feature enabled 2d = Channel 1 to channel 6 are used with dynamic channel power-up, power- down feature enabled 3d = Channel 1 to channel 8 are used with dynamic channel power-up, power- down feature enabled 1-0 Reserved R/W 0h Reserved

7.6.1.1.74 DEV_STS0 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x76) [reset = 0h]

This register is the device status value register 0. Figure 7-146. DEV_STS0 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH1_STATUS CH2_STATUS CH3_STATUS CH4_STATUS CH5_STATUS CH6_STATUS CH7_STATUS CH8_STATUS R-0h R-0h R-0h R-0h R-0h R-0h R-0h R-0h Table 7-125. DEV_STS0 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 CH1_STATUS R 0h ADC or PDM channel 1 power status. 0d = ADC or PDM channel is powered down 1d = ADC or PDM channel is powered up 6 CH2_STATUS R 0h ADC or PDM channel 2 power status. 0d = ADC or PDM channel is powered down 1d = ADC or PDM channel is powered up 5 CH3_STATUS R 0h ADC or PDM channel 3 power status. 0d = ADC or PDM channel is powered down 1d = ADC or PDM channel is powered up 4 CH4_STATUS R 0h ADC or PDM channel 4 power status. 0d = ADC or PDM channel is powered down 1d = ADC or PDM channel is powered up 3 CH5_STATUS R 0h PDM channel 5 power status. 0d = PDM channel is powered down 1d = PDM channel is powered up 2 CH6_STATUS R 0h PDM channel 6 power status. 0d = PDM channel is powered down 1d = PDM channel is powered up 1 CH7_STATUS R 0h PDM channel 7 power status. 0d = PDM channel is powered down 1d = PDM channel is powered up 0 CH8_STATUS R 0h PDM channel 8 power status. 0d = PDM channel is powered down 1d = PDM channel is powered up www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 99 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.6.1.1.75 DEV_STS1 Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x77) [reset = 80h]

This register is the device status value register 1. Figure 7-147. DEV_STS1 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 MODE_STS[2:0] Reserved R-4h R-0h Table 7-126. DEV_STS1 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-5 MODE_STS[2:0] R 4h Device mode status. 4d = Device is in sleep mode or software shutdown mode 6d = Device is in active mode with all ADC or PDM channels turned off 7d = Device is in active mode with at least one ADC or PDM channel turned on 4-0 Reserved R 0h Reserved

7.6.1.1.76 I2C_CKSUM Register (page = 0x00, address = 0x7E) [reset = 0h]

This register returns the I2C transactions checksum value. Figure 7-148. I2C_CKSUM Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 I2C_CKSUM[7:0] R/W-0h Table 7-127. I2C_CKSUM Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7-0 I2C_CKSUM[7:0] R/W 0h These bits return the I2C transactions checksum value. Writing to this register resets the checksum to the written value. This register is updated on writes to other registers on all pages. PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

100 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.6.2 Programmable Coefficient Registers

7.6.2.1 Programmable Coefficient Registers: Page = 0x02

This register page (shown in Table 7-128) consists of the programmable coefficients for the biquad 1 to biquad 6 filters. To optimize the coefficients register transaction time for page 2, page 3, and page 4, the device also supports (by default) auto-incremented pages for the I 2C and SPI burst writes and reads. After a transaction of register address 0x7F, the device auto increments to the next page at register 0x08 to transact the next coefficient value. Table 7-128. Page 0x02 Programmable Coefficient Registers ADDRESS REGISTER RESET DESCRIPTION 0x00 PAGE[7:0] 0x00 Device page register 0x08 BQ1_N0_BYT1[7:0] 0x7F Programmable biquad 1, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x09 BQ1_N0_BYT2[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 1, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x0A BQ1_N0_BYT3[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 1, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x0B BQ1_N0_BYT4[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 1, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x0C BQ1_N1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 1, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x0D BQ1_N1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 1, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x0E BQ1_N1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 1, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x0F BQ1_N1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 1, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x10 BQ1_N2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 1, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x11 BQ1_N2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 1, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x12 BQ1_N2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 1, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x13 BQ1_N2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 1, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x14 BQ1_D1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 1, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x15 BQ1_D1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 1, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x16 BQ1_D1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 1, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x17 BQ1_D1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 1, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x18 BQ1_D2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 1, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x19 BQ1_D2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 1, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x1A BQ1_D2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 1, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x1B BQ1_D2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 1, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x1C BQ2_N0_BYT1[7:0] 0x7F Programmable biquad 2, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x1D BQ2_N0_BYT2[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 2, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x1E BQ2_N0_BYT3[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 2, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x1F BQ2_N0_BYT4[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 2, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x20 BQ2_N1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 2, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x21 BQ2_N1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 2, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x22 BQ2_N1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 2, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x23 BQ2_N1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 2, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x24 BQ2_N2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 2, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x25 BQ2_N2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 2, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x26 BQ2_N2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 2, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x27 BQ2_N2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 2, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x28 BQ2_D1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 2, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x29 BQ2_D1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 2, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x2A BQ2_D1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 2, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x2B BQ2_D1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 2, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x2C BQ2_D2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 2, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x2D BQ2_D2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 2, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x2E BQ2_D2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 2, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x2F BQ2_D2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 2, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x30 BQ3_N0_BYT1[7:0] 0x7F Programmable biquad 3, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 101 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-128. Page 0x02 Programmable Coefficient Registers (continued) 0x31 BQ3_N0_BYT2[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 3, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x32 BQ3_N0_BYT3[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 3, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x33 BQ3_N0_BYT4[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 3, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x34 BQ3_N1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 3, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x35 BQ3_N1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 3, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x36 BQ3_N1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 3, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x37 BQ3_N1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 3, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x38 BQ3_N2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 3, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x39 BQ3_N2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 3, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x3A BQ3_N2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 3, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x3B BQ3_N2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 3, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x3C BQ3_D1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 3, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x3D BQ3_D1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 3, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x3E BQ3_D1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 3, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x3F BQ3_D1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 3, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x40 BQ3_D2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 3, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x41 BQ3_D2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 3, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x42 BQ3_D2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 3, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x43 BQ3_D2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 3, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x44 BQ4_N0_BYT1[7:0] 0x7F Programmable biquad 4, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x45 BQ4_N0_BYT2[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 4, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x46 BQ4_N0_BYT3[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 4, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x47 BQ4_N0_BYT4[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 4, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x48 BQ4_N1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 4, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x49 BQ4_N1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 4, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x4A BQ4_N1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 4, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x4B BQ4_N1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 4, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x4C BQ4_N2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 4, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x4D BQ4_N2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 4, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x4E BQ4_N2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 4, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x4F BQ4_N2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 4, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x50 BQ4_D1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 4, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x51 BQ4_D1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 4, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x52 BQ4_D1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 4, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x53 BQ4_D1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 4, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x54 BQ4_D2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 4, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x55 BQ4_D2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 4, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x56 BQ4_D2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 4, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x57 BQ4_D2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 4, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x58 BQ5_N0_BYT1[7:0] 0x7F Programmable biquad 5, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x59 BQ5_N0_BYT2[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 5, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x5A BQ5_N0_BYT3[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 5, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x5B BQ5_N0_BYT4[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 5, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x5C BQ5_N1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 5, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x5D BQ5_N1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 5, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x5E BQ5_N1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 5, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x5F BQ5_N1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 5, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x60 BQ5_N2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 5, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x61 BQ5_N2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 5, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x62 BQ5_N2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 5, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x63 BQ5_N2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 5, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

102 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-128. Page 0x02 Programmable Coefficient Registers (continued) 0x64 BQ5_D1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 5, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x65 BQ5_D1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 5, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x66 BQ5_D1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 5, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x67 BQ5_D1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 5, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x68 BQ5_D2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 5, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x69 BQ5_D2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 5, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x6A BQ5_D2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 5, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x6B BQ5_D2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 5, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x6C BQ6_N0_BYT1[7:0] 0x7F Programmable biquad 6, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x6D BQ6_N0_BYT2[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 6, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x6E BQ6_N0_BYT3[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 6, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x6F BQ6_N0_BYT4[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 6, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x70 BQ6_N1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 6, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x71 BQ6_N1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 6, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x72 BQ6_N1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 6, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x73 BQ6_N1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 6, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x74 BQ6_N2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 6, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x75 BQ6_N2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 6, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x76 BQ6_N2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 6, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x77 BQ6_N2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 6, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x78 BQ6_D1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 6, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x79 BQ6_D1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 6, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x7A BQ6_D1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 6, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x7B BQ6_D1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 6, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x7C BQ6_D2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 6, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x7D BQ6_D2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 6, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x7E BQ6_D2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 6, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x7F BQ6_D2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 6, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 103 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.6.2.2 Programmable Coefficient Registers: Page = 0x03

This register page (shown in Table 7-129) consists of the programmable coefficients for the biquad 7 to biquad 12 filters. To optimize the coefficients register transaction time for page 2, page 3, and page 4, the device also supports (by default) auto-incremented pages for the I 2C and SPI burst writes and reads. After a transaction of register address 0x7F, the device auto increments to the next page at register 0x08 to transact the next coefficient value. Table 7-129. Page 0x03 Programmable Coefficient Registers ADDR REGISTER RESET DESCRIPTION 0x00 PAGE[7:0] 0x00 Device page register 0x08 BQ7_N0_BYT1[7:0] 0x7F Programmable biquad 7, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x09 BQ7_N0_BYT2[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 7, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x0A BQ7_N0_BYT3[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 7, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x0B BQ7_N0_BYT4[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 7, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x0C BQ7_N1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 7, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x0D BQ7_N1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 7, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x0E BQ7_N1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 7, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x0F BQ7_N1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 7, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x10 BQ7_N2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 7, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x11 BQ7_N2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 7, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x12 BQ7_N2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 7, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x13 BQ7_N2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 7, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x14 BQ7_D1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 7, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x15 BQ7_D1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 7, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x16 BQ7_D1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 7, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x17 BQ7_D1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 7, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x18 BQ7_D2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 7, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x19 BQ7_D2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 7, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x1A BQ7_D2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 7, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x1B BQ7_D2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 7, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x1C BQ8_N0_BYT1[7:0] 0x7F Programmable biquad 8, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x1D BQ8_N0_BYT2[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 8, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x1E BQ8_N0_BYT3[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 8, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x1F BQ8_N0_BYT4[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 8, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x20 BQ8_N1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 8, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x21 BQ8_N1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 8, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x22 BQ8_N1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 8, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x23 BQ8_N1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 8, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x24 BQ8_N2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 8, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x25 BQ8_N2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 8, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x26 BQ8_N2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 8, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x27 BQ8_N2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 8, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x28 BQ8_D1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 8, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x29 BQ8_D1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 8, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x2A BQ8_D1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 8, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x2B BQ8_D1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 8, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x2C BQ8_D2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 8, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x2D BQ8_D2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 8, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x2E BQ8_D2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 8, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x2F BQ8_D2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 8, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x30 BQ9_N0_BYT1[7:0] 0x7F Programmable biquad 9, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x31 BQ9_N0_BYT2[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 9, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

104 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-129. Page 0x03 Programmable Coefficient Registers (continued) 0x32 BQ9_N0_BYT3[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 9, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x33 BQ9_N0_BYT4[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 9, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x34 BQ9_N1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 9, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x35 BQ9_N1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 9, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x36 BQ9_N1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 9, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x37 BQ9_N1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 9, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x38 BQ9_N2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 9, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x39 BQ9_N2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 9, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x3A BQ9_N2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 9, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x3B BQ9_N2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 9, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x3C BQ9_D1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 9, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x3D BQ9_D1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 9, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x3E BQ9_D1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 9, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x3F BQ9_D1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 9, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x40 BQ9_D2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 9, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x41 BQ9_D2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 9, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x42 BQ9_D2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 9, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x43 BQ9_D2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 9, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x44 BQ10_N0_BYT1[7:0] 0x7F Programmable biquad 10, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x45 BQ10_N0_BYT2[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 10, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x46 BQ10_N0_BYT3[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 10, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x47 BQ10_N0_BYT4[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 10, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x48 BQ10_N1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 10, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x49 BQ10_N1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 10, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x4A BQ10_N1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 10, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x4B BQ10_N1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 10, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x4C BQ10_N2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 10, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x4D BQ10_N2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 10, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x4E BQ10_N2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 10, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x4F BQ10_N2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 10, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x50 BQ10_D1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 10, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x51 BQ10_D1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 10, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x52 BQ10_D1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 10, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x53 BQ10_D1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 10, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x54 BQ10_D2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 10, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x55 BQ10_D2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 10, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x56 BQ10_D2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 10, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x57 BQ10_D2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 10, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x58 BQ11_N0_BYT1[7:0] 0x7F Programmable biquad 11, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x59 BQ11_N0_BYT2[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 11, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x5A BQ11_N0_BYT3[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 11, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x5B BQ11_N0_BYT4[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 11, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x5C BQ11_N1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 11, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x5D BQ11_N1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 11, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x5E BQ11_N1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 11, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x5F BQ11_N1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 11, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x60 BQ11_N2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 11, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x61 BQ11_N2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 11, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x62 BQ11_N2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 11, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x63 BQ11_N2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 11, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x64 BQ11_D1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 11, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 105 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-129. Page 0x03 Programmable Coefficient Registers (continued) 0x65 BQ11_D1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 11, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x66 BQ11_D1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 11, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x67 BQ11_D1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 11, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x68 BQ11_D2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 11, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x69 BQ11_D2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 11, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x6A BQ11_D2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 11, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x6B BQ11_D2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 11, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x6C BQ12_N0_BYT1[7:0] 0x7F Programmable biquad 12, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x6D BQ12_N0_BYT2[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 12, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x6E BQ12_N0_BYT3[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 12, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x6F BQ12_N0_BYT4[7:0] 0xFF Programmable biquad 12, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x70 BQ12_N1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 12, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x71 BQ12_N1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 12, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x72 BQ12_N1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 12, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x73 BQ12_N1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 12, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x74 BQ12_N2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 12, N2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x75 BQ12_N2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 12, N2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x76 BQ12_N2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 12, N2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x77 BQ12_N2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 12, N2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x78 BQ12_D1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 12, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x79 BQ12_D1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 12, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x7A BQ12_D1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 12, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x7B BQ12_D1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 12, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x7C BQ12_D2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 12, D2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x7D BQ12_D2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 12, D2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x7E BQ12_D2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 12, D2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x7F BQ12_D2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable biquad 12, D2 coefficient byte[7:0] PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

106 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

7.6.2.3 Programmable Coefficient Registers: Page = 0x04

This register page (shown in Table 7-130) consists of the programmable coefficients for mixer 1 to mixer 4 and the first-order IIR filter. Table 7-130. Page 0x04 Programmable Coefficient Registers ADDR REGISTER RESET DESCRIPTION 0x00 PAGE[7:0] 0x00 Device page register 0x08 MIX1_CH1_BYT1[7:0] 0x7F Digital mixer 1, channel 1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x09 MIX1_CH1_BYT2[7:0] 0xFF Digital mixer 1, channel 1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x0A MIX1_CH1_BYT3[7:0] 0xFF Digital mixer 1, channel 1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x0B MIX1_CH1_BYT4[7:0] 0xFF Digital mixer 1, channel 1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x0C MIX1_CH2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 1, channel 2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x0D MIX1_CH2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 1, channel 2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x0E MIX1_CH2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 1, channel 2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x0F MIX1_CH2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 1, channel 2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x10 MIX1_CH3_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 1, channel 3 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x11 MIX1_CH3_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 1, channel 3 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x12 MIX1_CH3_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 1, channel 3 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x13 MIX1_CH3_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 1, channel 3 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x14 MIX1_CH4_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 1, channel 4 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x15 MIX1_CH4_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 1, channel 4 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x16 MIX1_CH4_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 1, channel 4 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x17 MIX1_CH4_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 1, channel 4 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x18 MIX2_CH1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 2, channel 1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x19 MIX2_CH1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 2, channel 1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x1A MIX2_CH1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 2, channel 1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x1B MIX2_CH1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 2, channel 1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x1C MIX2_CH2_BYT1[7:0] 0x7F Digital mixer 2, channel 2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x1D MIX2_CH2_BYT2[7:0] 0xFF Digital mixer 2, channel 2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x1E MIX2_CH2_BYT3[7:0] 0xFF Digital mixer 2, channel 2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x1F MIX2_CH2_BYT4[7:0] 0xFF Digital mixer 2, channel 2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x20 MIX2_CH3_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 2, channel 3 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x21 MIX2_CH3_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 2, channel 3 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x22 MIX2_CH3_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 2, channel 3 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x23 MIX2_CH3_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 2, channel 3 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x24 MIX2_CH4_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 2, channel 4 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x25 MIX2_CH4_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 2, channel 4 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x26 MIX2_CH4_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 2, channel 4 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x27 MIX2_CH4_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 2, channel 4 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x28 MIX3_CH1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 3, channel 1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x29 MIX3_CH1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 3, channel 1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x2A MIX3_CH1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 3, channel 1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x2B MIX3_CH1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 3, channel 1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x2C MIX3_CH2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 3, channel 2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x2D MIX3_CH2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 3, channel 2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x2E MIX3_CH2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 3, channel 2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x2F MIX3_CH2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 3, channel 2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x30 MIX3_CH3_BYT1[7:0] 0x7F Digital mixer 3, channel 3 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x31 MIX3_CH3_BYT2[7:0] 0xFF Digital mixer 3, channel 3 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x32 MIX3_CH3_BYT3[7:0] 0xFF Digital mixer 3, channel 3 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x33 MIX3_CH3_BYT4[7:0] 0xFF Digital mixer 3, channel 3 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x34 MIX3_CH4_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 3, channel 4 coefficient byte[31:24] www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 107 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

Table 7-130. Page 0x04 Programmable Coefficient Registers (continued) 0x35 MIX3_CH4_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 3, channel 4 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x36 MIX3_CH4_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 3, channel 4 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x37 MIX3_CH4_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 3, channel 4 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x38 MIX4_CH1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 4, channel 1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x39 MIX4_CH1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 4, channel 1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x3A MIX4_CH1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 4, channel 1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x3B MIX4_CH1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 4, channel 1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x3C MIX4_CH2_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 4, channel 2 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x3D MIX4_CH2_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 4, channel 2 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x3E MIX4_CH2_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 4, channel 2 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x3F MIX4_CH2_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 4, channel 2 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x40 MIX4_CH3_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 4, channel 3 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x41 MIX4_CH3_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 4, channel 3 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x42 MIX4_CH3_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 4, channel 3 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x43 MIX4_CH3_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Digital mixer 4, channel 3 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x44 MIX4_CH4_BYT1[7:0] 0x7F Digital mixer 4, channel 4 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x45 MIX4_CH4_BYT2[7:0] 0xFF Digital mixer 4, channel 4 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x46 MIX4_CH4_BYT3[7:0] 0xFF Digital mixer 4, channel 4 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x47 MIX4_CH4_BYT4[7:0] 0xFF Digital mixer 4, channel 4 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x48 IIR_N0_BYT1[7:0] 0x7F Programmable first-order IIR, N0 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x49 IIR_N0_BYT2[7:0] 0xFF Programmable first-order IIR, N0 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x4A IIR_N0_BYT3[7:0] 0xFF Programmable first-order IIR, N0 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x4B IIR_N0_BYT4[7:0] 0xFF Programmable first-order IIR, N0 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x4C IIR_N1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable first-order IIR, N1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x4D IIR_N1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable first-order IIR, N1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x4E IIR_N1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable first-order IIR, N1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x4F IIR_N1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable first-order IIR, N1 coefficient byte[7:0] 0x50 IIR_D1_BYT1[7:0] 0x00 Programmable first-order IIR, D1 coefficient byte[31:24] 0x51 IIR_D1_BYT2[7:0] 0x00 Programmable first-order IIR, D1 coefficient byte[23:16] 0x52 IIR_D1_BYT3[7:0] 0x00 Programmable first-order IIR, D1 coefficient byte[15:8] 0x53 IIR_D1_BYT4[7:0] 0x00 Programmable first-order IIR, D1 coefficient byte[7:0] PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

108 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

8 Application and Implementation

Information in the following applications sections is not part of the TI component specification, and TI does not warrant its accuracy or completeness. TI’s customers are responsible for determining suitability of components for their purposes. Customers should validate and test their design implementation to confirm system functionality.

8.1 Application Information

The PCM3140-Q1 is a multichannel, high-performance audio analog-to-digital converter (ADC) that supports output sample rates of up to 768 kHz. The device supports either up to four analog microphones or up to eight digital pulse density modulation (PDM) microphones for simultaneous recording applications. Communication to the PCM3140-Q1 for configuration of the control registers is supported using an I 2C or SPI interface. The device supports a highly flexible, audio serial interface (TDM, I 2S, and LJ) to transmit audio data seamlessly in the system across devices.

8.2 Typical Applications

8.2.1 Four-Channel Analog Microphone Recording

Figure 8-1 shows a typical configuration of the PCM3140-Q1 for an application using four analog microelectrical- mechanical system (MEMS) microphones for simultaneous recording operation with an I 2C control interface and a time-division multiplexing (TDM) audio data target interface. For best distortion performance, use input AC-coupling capacitors with a low-voltage coefficient. F F F F F F F F 3.3 V (3.0 V to 3.6 V) OR 1.8 V (1.65 V to 1.95 V) 3.3 V (3.0 V to 3.6 TLV320ADCx140 INP1_GPI1 (INP1) INM1_GPO1 (INM1) GND GND GND GND MICBIAS AVSS VREF GND F AREG 0.1 F GND F GND F AVDD F DREG F GND 0.1 F 0.1 F INP2_GPI2 (INP2) INM2_GPO2 (INM2) INP3_GPI3 (INP3) INM3_GPO3 (INM3) INP4_GPI4 (INP4) INM4_GPO4 (INM4) Host Processor IOVDD GND Thermal Pad (VSS) GND ADDR1_MISO (ADDR1) GND ADDR0_SCLK (ADDR0) GND SCL_MOSI (SCL) SDA_SSZ (SDA) R R GPIO1 SDOUT BCLK FSYNC SHDNZ F AMIC1 OUTP OUTM VDD VSS AMIC2 OUTP OUTM VDD VSS AMIC3 OUTP OUTM VDD VSS AMIC4 OUTP OUTM VDD VSS GND 0.1 F 0.1 F 0.1 F 0.1 F 0.1 F Figure 8-1. Four-Channel Analog Microphone Recording Diagram www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 109 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

8.2.1.1 Design Requirements

Table 8-1 lists the design parameters for this application. Table 8-1. Design Parameters KEY PARAMETER SPECIFICATION AVDD 3.3 V AVDD supply current consumption > 23 mA (PLL on, four-channel recording, fS = 48 kHz) IOVDD 1.8 V or 3.3 V Maximum MICBIAS current 10 mA (MICBIAS voltage is the same as AVDD)

8.2.1.2 Detailed Design Procedure

This section describes the necessary steps to configure the PCM3140-Q1 for this specific application. The following steps provide a sequence of items that must be executed in the time between powering the device up and reading data from the device or transitioning from one mode to another mode of operation. 1. Apply power to the device: a. Power-up the IOVDD and AVDD power supplies, keeping the SHDNZ pin voltage low b. The device now goes into hardware shutdown mode (ultra-low-power mode < 1 µA) 2. Transition from hardware shutdown mode to sleep mode (or software shutdown mode): a. Release SHDNZ only when the IOVDD and AVDD power supplies settle to the steady-state operating voltage b. Wait for at least 1 ms to allow the device to initialize the internal registers c. The device now goes into sleep mode (low-power mode < 10 µA) 3. Transition from sleep mode to active mode whenever required for the recording operation: a. Wake up the device by writing to P0_R2 to disable sleep mode b. Wait for at least 1 ms to allow the device to complete the internal wake-up sequence c. Override default configuration registers or programmable coefficients value as required (this step is optional) d. Enable all desired input channels by writing to P0_R115 e. Enable all desired audio serial interface output channels by writing to P0_R116 f. Power-up the ADC, MICBIAS, and PLL by writing to P0_R117 g. Apply FSYNC and BCLK with the desired output sample rates and the BCLK to FSYNC ratio This specific step can be done at any point in the sequence after step a. See the Section 7.3.2 section for supported sample rates and the BCLK to FSYNC ratio. h. The device recording data are now sent to the host processor via the TDM audio serial data bus 4. Transition from active mode to sleep mode (again) as required in the system for low-power operation: a. Enter sleep mode by writing to P0_R2 to enable sleep mode b. Wait at least 6 ms (when FSYNC = 48 kHz) for the volume to ramp down and for all blocks to power down c. Read P0_R119 to check the device shutdown and sleep mode status d. If the device P0_R119_D7 status bit is 1'b1 then stop FSYNC and BCLK in the system e. The device now goes into sleep mode (low-power mode < 10 µA) and retains all register values 5. Transition from sleep mode to active mode (again) as required for the recording operation: a. Wake up the device by writing to P0_R2 to disable sleep mode b. Wait for at least 1 ms to allow the device to complete the internal wake-up sequence c. Apply FSYNC and BCLK with the desired output sample rates and the BCLK to FSYNC ratio d. The device recording data are now sent to the host processor via the TDM audio serial data bus 6. Repeat step 4 and step 5 as required for mode transitions 7. Assert the SHDNZ pin low to enter hardware shutdown mode (again) at any time 8. Follow step 2 onwards to exit hardware shutdown mode (again) PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

110 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

8.2.1.2.1 Example Device Register Configuration Script for EVM Setup

This section provides a typical EVM I 2C register control script that shows how to set up the PCM3140-Q1 in a four-channel analog microphone recording mode with differential inputs. # Key: w 98 XX YY ==> write to I2C address 0x98, to register 0xXX, data 0xYY # # ==> comment delimiter # The following list gives an example sequence of items that must be executed in the time # between powering the device up and reading data from the device. Note that there are # other valid sequences depending on which features are used. # See the PCM3140-Q1EVM user guide for jumper settings and audio connections. # Differential 4-channel : INP1/INM1 - Ch1, INP2/INM2 - Ch2, INP3/INM3 - Ch3 and INP4/INM4 - Ch4 # FSYNC = 44.1 kHz (Output Data Sample Rate), BCLK = 11.2896 MHz (BCLK/FSYNC = 256) # Power up IOVDD and AVDD power supplies keeping SHDNZ pin voltage LOW # Wait for IOVDD and AVDD power supplies to settle to steady state operating voltage range. # Release SHDNZ to HIGH. # Wait for 1ms. # Wake-up device by I2C write into P0_R2 using internal AREG w 98 02 81 # Configure CH1_INSRC as analog Input by I2C write into P0_R60 w 98 3C 00 # Configure CH2_INSRC as analog Input by I2C write into P0_R65 w 98 41 00 # Configure CH3_INSRC as analog Input by I2C write into P0_R70 w 98 46 00 # Configure CH4_INSRC as analog Input by I2C write into P0_R75 w 98 4B 00 # Enable Input Ch-1 to Ch-4 by I2C write into P0_R115 w 98 73 F0 # Enable ASI Output Ch-1 to Ch-4 slots by I2C write into P0_R116 w 98 74 F0 # Power-up ADC, MICBIAS and PLL by I2C write into P0_R117 w 98 75 E0 # Apply FSYNC = 44.1 kHz and BCLK = 11.2896 MHz and # Start recording data by host on ASI bus with TDM protocol 32-bits channel wordlength www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 111 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

8.2.1.3 Application Curves

Measurements are done on the EVM by feeding the device analog input signal using audio precision. Frequency (Hz) Output Amplitude (dBFS) 20 50 100 500 1000 5000 10000 20000 -200 -180 -160 -140 -120 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20 D211 Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 Figure 8-2. FFT With a –60-dBr Input Input Amplitude (dB) THD+N (dBFS) -130 -115 -100 -85 -70 -55 -40 -25 -10 0 -130 -120 -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 THD+D201 Channel-1 Channel-2 Channel-3 Channel-4 Figure 8-3. THD+N vs Input Amplitude PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

112 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

8.2.2 Eight-Channel Digital PDM Microphone Recording

Figure 8-1 shows a typical configuration of the PCM3140-Q1 for an application using eight digital PDM MEMS microphones with simultaneous recording operation using an I2C control interface and the TDM audio data target interface. 3.3 V (3.0 V to 3.6 V) OR 1.8 V (1.65 V to 1.95 V) 0.1 F TLV320ADCx140 DMIC1 DOUT CLKVDD VSS INP1_GPI1 (PDMDIN1) INM1_GPO1 (PDMCLK) GND MICBIAS Host Processor SCL_MOSI (SCL) SDA_SSZ (SDA) R R GPIO1 SDOUT BCLK FSYNC SHDNZ SEL Rterm Rterm INP2_GPI2 (PDMDIN2) INM2_GPO2 (PDMCLK)Rterm INP3_GPI13 (PDMDIN3) INM3_GPO3 (PDMCLK) INP4_GPI4 (PDMDIN4) INM4_GPO4 (PDMCLK) VDD Rterm Rterm AVSS VREF GND F AREG GND F AVDD F 0.1 F GND 0.1 F VDD (3.0 V to 3.6 V) Thermal Pad (VSS) GND ADDR1_MISO (ADDR1) GND ADDR0_SCLK (ADDR0) GND DREG GND IOVDD GND F 0.1 F 0.1 F F 0.1 F DMIC2 DOUT CLKVDD VSSGND SEL VDD Rterm 0.1 F DMIC3 DOUT CLKVDD VSSGND SEL Rterm VDD 0.1 F DMIC4 DOUT CLKVDD VSSGND SEL VDD Rterm 0.1 F DMIC5 DOUT CLKVDD VSSGND SEL Rterm VDD 0.1 F DMIC6 DOUT CLKVDD VSSGND SEL VDD Rterm 0.1 F DMIC7 DOUT CLKVDD VSSGND SEL Rterm VDD 0.1 F DMIC8 DOUT CLKVDD VSSGND SEL VDD Rterm Figure 8-4. Eight-Channel Digital PDM Microphone Recording Diagram

8.2.2.1 Design Requirements

Table 8-2 lists the design parameters for this application. Table 8-2. Design Parameters KEY PARAMETER SPECIFICATION AVDD 3.3 V AVDD supply current consumption > 8 mA (PLL on, eight-channel recording, fS = 48 kHz) IOVDD 1.8 V or 3.3 V www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 113 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

8.2.2.2 Detailed Design Procedure

This section describes the necessary steps to configure the PCM3140-Q1 for this specific application. The following steps provide a sequence of items that must be executed in the time between powering the device up and reading data from the device or transitioning from one mode to another mode of operation. 1. Apply power to the device: a. Power up the IOVDD and AVDD power supplies, keeping the SHDNZ pin voltage low b. The device now goes into hardware shutdown mode (ultra-low-power mode < 1 µA) 2. Transition from hardware shutdown mode to sleep mode (or software shutdown mode): a. Release SHDNZ only when the IOVDD and AVDD power supplies settle to the steady-state operating voltage b. Wait for at least 1 ms to allow the device to initialize the internal registers initialization c. The device now goes into sleep mode (low-power mode < 10 µA) 3. Transition from sleep mode to active mode whenever required for the recording operation: a. Wake up the device by writing to P0_R2 to disable sleep mode b. Wait for at least 1 ms to allow the device to complete the internal wake-up sequence c. Override the default configuration registers or programmable coefficients value as required (this step is optional) d. Configure channel 1 to channel 4 (CHx_INSRC) for the digital microphone as the input source for recording e. Configure GPO1 to GPO4 (GPOx_CFG) as the PDMCLK output f. Configure GPI1 to GPI4 (GPI1x_CFG) as PDMDIN1 to PDMDIN4, respectively g. Enable all desired input channels by writing to P0_R115 h. Enable all desired audio serial interface output channels by writing to P0_R116 i. Power-up the ADC and PLL by writing to P0_R117 j. Apply FSYNC and BCLK with the desired output sample rates and the BCLK to FSYNC ratio This specific step can be done at any point in the sequence after step a. See the Section 7.3.2 section for supported sample rates and the BCLK to FSYNC ratio. k. The device recording data is now sent to the host processor using the TDM audio serial data bus 4. Transition from active mode to sleep mode (again) as required in the system for low-power operation: a. Enter sleep mode by writing to P0_R2 to enable sleep mode b. Wait at least 6 ms (when FSYNC = 48 kHz) for the volume to ramp down and for all blocks to power down c. Read P0_R119 to check the device shutdown and sleep mode status d. If the device P0_R119_D7 status bit is 1'b1 then stop FSYNC and BCLK in the system e. The device now goes into sleep mode (low-power mode < 10 µA) and retains all register values 5. Transition from sleep mode to active mode (again) as required for the recording operation: a. Wake up the device by writing to P0_R2 to disable sleep mode b. Wait at least 1 ms to allow the device to complete the internal wake-up sequence c. Apply FSYNC and BCLK with the desired output sample rates and the BCLK to FSYNC ratio d. The device recording data are now sent to the host processor using the TDM audio serial data bus 6. Repeat step 4 and step 5 as required for mode transitions 7. Assert the SHDNZ pin low to enter hardware shutdown mode (again) at any time 8. Follow step 2 onwards to exit hardware shutdown mode (again) PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

114 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

8.2.2.2.1 Example Device Register Configuration Script for EVM Setup

This section provides a typical EVM I 2C register control script that shows how to set up the PCM3140-Q1 in an eight-channel digital PDM microphone recording mode. # Key: w 98 XX YY ==> write to I2C address 0x98, to register 0xXX, data 0xYY # # ==> comment delimiter # The following list gives an example sequence of items that must be executed in the time # between powering the device up and reading data from the device. Note that there are # other valid sequences depending on which features are used. # See the PCM3140-Q1EVM user guide for jumper settings and audio connections. # PDM 8-channel : PDMDIN1 - Ch1 and Ch2, PDMDIN2 - Ch3 and Ch4, # PDMDIN3 - Ch5 and Ch6, PDMDIN4 - Ch7 and Ch8 # FSYNC = 44.1 kHz (Output Data Sample Rate), BCLK = 11.2896 MHz (BCLK/FSYNC = 256) # Power up IOVDD and AVDD power supplies keeping SHDNZ pin voltage LOW # Wait for IOVDD and AVDD power supplies to settle to steady state operating voltage range. # Release SHDNZ to HIGH. # Wait for 1ms. # Wake-up device by I2C write into P0_R2 using internal AREG w 98 02 81 # Configure CH1_INSRC as Digital PDM Input by I2C write into P0_R60 w 98 3C 40 # Configure CH2_INSRC as Digital PDM Input by I2C write into P0_R65 w 98 41 40 # Configure CH3_INSRC as Digital PDM Input by I2C write into P0_R70 w 98 46 40 # Configure CH4_INSRC as Digital PDM Input by I2C write into P0_R75 w 98 4B 40 # Configure GPO1 as PDMCLK by I2C write into P0_R34 w 98 22 41 # Configure GPO2 as PDMCLK by I2C write into P0_R35 w 98 23 41 # Configure GPO3 as PDMCLK by I2C write into P0_R36 w 98 24 41 # Configure GPO4 as PDMCLK by I2C write into P0_R37 w 98 25 41 # Configure GPI1 and GPI2 as PDMDIN1 and PDMDIN2 by I2C write into P0_R43 w 98 2B 45 # Configure GPI3 and GPI4 as PDMDIN3 and PDMDIN4 by I2C write into P0_R44 w 98 2C 67 # Enable Input Ch-1 to Ch-8 by I2C write into P0_R115 w 98 73 FF # Enable ASI Output Ch-1 to Ch-8 slots by I2C write into P0_R116 w 98 74 FF # Power-up ADC and PLL by I2C write into P0_R117 w 98 75 60 # Apply FSYNC = 44.1 kHz and BCLK = 11.2896 MHz and # Start recording data by host on ASI bus with TDM protocol 32-bits channel wordlength www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 115 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

8.3 What to Do and What Not to Do

8.3.1 In master mode operation with I 2S or LJ format, the device generates FSYNC half a cycle earlier than the normal protocol timing behavior expected. This timing behavior can still function for most of the system, however for further details and a suggested workaround for this weakness, see the Configuring and Operating the TLV320ADCx140 as an Audio Bus Master application report. The automatic gain controller (AGC) feature has some limitation when using sampling rates lower than 44.1 kHz. For further details about this limitation, see the Using the Automatic Gain Controller (AGC) in TLV320ADCx140 application report.

9 Power Supply Recommendations

The power-supply sequence between the IOVDD and AVDD rails can be applied in any order. However, keep the SHDNZ pin low until the IOVDD supply voltage settles to a stable and supported operating voltage range. After all supplies are stable, set the SHDNZ pin high to initialize the device. For the supply power-up requirement, t1 and t2 must be at least 100 µs. For the supply power-down requirement, t3 and t4 must be at least 10 ms. This timing (as shown in Figure 9-1) allows the device to ramp down the volume on the record data, power down the analog and digital blocks, and put the device into hardware shutdown mode. The device can also be immediately put into hardware shutdown mode from active mode if SHDNZ_CFG[1:0] is set to 2'b00 using the P0_R5_D[3:2] bits. In that case, t3 and t4 are required to be at least 100 µs. AVDD IOVDD SHDNZ Figure 9-1. Power-Supply Sequencing Requirement Timing Diagram Make sure that the supply ramp rate is slower than 1 V/µs and that the wait time between a power-down and a power-up event is at least 100 ms. After releasing SHDNZ, or after a software reset, delay any additional I 2C or SPI transactions to the device for at least 2 ms to allow the device to initialize the internal registers. See the Section 7.4 section for details on how the device operates in various modes after the device power supplies are settled to the recommended operating voltage levels. The PCM3140-Q1 supports a single AVDD supply operation by integrating an on-chip digital regulator, DREG, and an analog regulator, AREG. However, if the AVDD voltage is less than 1.98 V in the system, then short the AREG and AVDD pins onboard and do not enable the internal AREG by keeping the AREG_SELECT bit to 1b'0 (default value) of P0_R2. If the AVDD supply used in the system is higher than 2.7 V, then the host device can set AREG_SELECT to 1'b1 while exiting sleep mode to allow the device internal regulator to generate the AREG supply. PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

116 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

10 Layout

10.1 Layout Guidelines

Each system design and printed circuit board (PCB) layout is unique. The layout must be carefully reviewed in the context of a specific PCB design. However, the following guidelines can optimize the device performance:

• Connect the thermal pad to ground. Use a via pattern to connect the device thermal pad, which is the area directly under the device, to the ground planes. This connection helps dissipate heat from the device.
• The decoupling capacitors for the power supplies must be placed close to the device pins.
• Route the analog differential audio signals differentially on the PCB for better noise immunity. Avoid crossing digital and analog signals to prevent undesirable crosstalk.
• The device internal voltage references must be filtered using external capacitors. Place the filter capacitors near the VREF pin for optimal performance.
• Directly tap the MICBIAS pin to avoid common impedance when routing the biasing or supply traces for multiple microphones to avoid coupling across microphones.
• Directly short the VREF and MICBIAS external capacitors ground terminal to the AVSS pin without using any vias for this connection trace.
• Place the MICBIAS capacitor (with low equivalent series resistance) close to the device with minimal trace impedance.
• Use ground planes to provide the lowest impedance for power and signal current between the device and the decoupling capacitors. Treat the area directly under the device as a central ground area for the device, and all device grounds must be connected directly to that area.

10.2 Layout Example

IN1P_GPI1 IN1M_GPO1 IN2P_GPI2 IN2M_GPO2 IN3P_GPI3 IN3M_GPO3 IN4P_GPI4 IN4M_GPO4 SHDNZ ADD1_MISO ADD0_SCLK SCL_MOSI SDA_SSZ IOVDD GPIO1 SDOUT BCLK FSYNC DREG Audio output interface connections Digital control signal connections Audio input signal connections VSS Figure 10-1. Layout Example www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 117 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

11 Device and Documentation Support

11.1 Documentation Support

11.1.1 Related Documentation

For related documentation see the following:

• Texas Instruments, Multiple TLV320ADCx140 Devices With a Shared TDM and I2C Bus application report
• Texas Instruments, Configuring and Operating the TLV320ADCx140 as an Audio Bus Master application report
• Texas Instruments, TLV320ADCx140 Sampling Rates and Programmable Processing Blocks Supported application report
• Texas Instruments, TLV320ADCx140 Programmable Biquad Filter Configuration and Applications application report
• Texas Instruments, TLV320ADCx140 Operation for Low-Power Critical Applications application report
• Texas Instruments, TLV320ADCx140 Power Consumption Matrix Across Various Usage Scenarios application report
• Texas Instruments, TLV320ADCx140 Integrated Analog Antialiasing Filter and Flexible Digital Filter application report
• Texas Instruments, Using the Automatic Gain Controller (AGC) in TLV320ADCx140 application report
• Texas Instruments, TLV320ADCx140 Evaluation module user's guide
• Texas Instruments, PurePath™ Console Graphical Development Suite for Audio System Design and Development

11.2 Receiving Notification of Documentation Updates

To receive notification of documentation updates, navigate to the device product folder on ti.com. Click on Subscribe to updates to register and receive a weekly digest of any product information that has changed. For change details, review the revision history included in any revised document.

11.3 Support Resources

TI E2E™ support forums are an engineer's go-to source for fast, verified answers and design help — straight from the experts. Search existing answers or ask your own question to get the quick design help you need. Linked content is provided "AS IS" by the respective contributors. They do not constitute TI specifications and do not necessarily reflect TI's views; see TI's Terms of Use.

11.4 Trademarks

Burr-Brown™, PurePath™, and TI E2E™ are trademarks of Texas Instruments. All trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

11.5 Electrostatic Discharge Caution

This integrated circuit can be damaged by ESD. Texas Instruments recommends that all integrated circuits be handled with appropriate precautions. Failure to observe proper handling and installation procedures can cause damage. ESD damage can range from subtle performance degradation to complete device failure. Precision integrated circuits may be more susceptible to damage because very small parametric changes could cause the device not to meet its published specifications.

11.6 Glossary

TI Glossary This glossary lists and explains terms, acronyms, and definitions. NOTE: Page numbers for previous revisions may differ from page numbers in the current version. DATE REVISION NOTES December 2023 * Initial Release PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 www.ti.com ADVANCE INFORMATION

118 Submit Document Feedback Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated

Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

13 Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information

The following pages include mechanical, packaging, and orderable information. This information is the most current data available for the designated devices. This data is subject to change without notice and revision of this document. For browser-based versions of this data sheet, refer to the left-hand navigation. www.ti.com PCM3140-Q1 SBASAU6 – DECEMBER 2023 ADVANCE INFORMATION Copyright © 2023 Texas Instruments Incorporated Submit Document Feedback 119 Product Folder Links: PCM3140-Q1

www.ti.com 17-Dec-2023 PACKAGING INFORMATION Orderable Device Status (1) Package Type Package Drawing Pins Package Qty Eco Plan (2) Lead finish/ Ball material (6) MSL Peak Temp (3) Op Temp (°C) Device Marking (4/5) Samples XPCM3140QRGERQ1 ACTIVE VQFN RGE 24 3000 TBD Call TI Call TI -40 to 125 Samples (1) The marketing status values are defined as follows: ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs. LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect. NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design. PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available. OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device. (2) RoHS: TI defines "RoHS" to mean semiconductor products that are compliant with the current EU RoHS requirements for all 10 RoHS substances, including the requirement that RoHS substance do not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, "RoHS" products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes. TI may reference these types of products as "Pb-Free". RoHS Exempt: TI defines "RoHS Exempt" to mean products that contain lead but are compliant with EU RoHS pursuant to a specific EU RoHS exemption. Green: TI defines "Green" to mean the content of Chlorine (Cl) and Bromine (Br) based flame retardants meet JS709B low halogen requirements of <=1000ppm threshold. Antimony trioxide based flame retardants must also meet the <=1000ppm threshold requirement. (3) MSL, Peak Temp. - The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder temperature. (4) There may be additional marking, which relates to the logo, the lot trace code information, or the environmental category on the device. (5) Multiple Device Markings will be inside parentheses. Only one Device Marking contained in parentheses and separated by a "~" will appear on a device. If a line is indented then it is a continuation of the previous line and the two combined represent the entire Device Marking for that device. (6) Lead finish/Ball material - Orderable Devices may have multiple material finish options. Finish options are separated by a vertical ruled line. Lead finish/Ball material values may wrap to two lines if the finish value exceeds the maximum column width. Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals. TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release. In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis. Addendum-Page 1

Images above are just a representation of the package family, actual package may vary. Refer to the product data sheet for package details. RGE 24 VQFN - 1 mm max height PLASTIC QUAD FLATPACK - NO LEAD 4204104/H

IMPORTANT NOTICE AND DISCLAIMER TI PROVIDES TECHNICAL AND RELIABILITY DATA (INCLUDING DATA SHEETS), DESIGN RESOURCES (INCLUDING REFERENCE DESIGNS), APPLICATION OR OTHER DESIGN ADVICE, WEB TOOLS, SAFETY INFORMATION, AND OTHER RESOURCES “AS IS” AND WITH ALL FAULTS, AND DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS AND IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. These resources are intended for skilled developers designing with TI products. You are solely responsible for (1) selecting the appropriate TI products for your application, (2) designing, validating and testing your application, and (3) ensuring your application meets applicable standards, and any other safety, security, regulatory or other requirements. These resources are subject to change without notice. TI grants you permission to use these resources only for development of an application that uses the TI products described in the resource. Other reproduction and display of these resources is prohibited. No license is granted to any other TI intellectual property right or to any third party intellectual property right. TI disclaims responsibility for, and you will fully indemnify TI and its representatives against, any claims, damages, costs, losses, and liabilities arising out of your use of these resources. TI’s products are provided subject to TI’s Terms of Sale or other applicable terms available either on ti.com or provided in conjunction with such TI products. TI’s provision of these resources does not expand or otherwise alter TI’s applicable warranties or warranty disclaimers for TI products. TI objects to and rejects any additional or different terms you may have proposed. IMPORTANT NOTICE Mailing Address: Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265 Copyright © 2023, Texas Instruments Incorporated